NATIONAL CENTER FOR EDUCATION STATISTICS
 

Statistical Analysis Report July 1997 

1993 National Study of Postsecondary Faculty 

(NSOPF-93) 

Instructional Faculty and Staff in 

Higher Education Institutions: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Rita J. Kirshstein 

Nancy Matheson 

Zhongren Jing 

Pelavin Research Institute 

Linda J. Zimbler 

Project Officer 

National Center for Education Statistics 

U.S. Department of Education 

Office of Educational Research and Improvement NCES 97-470 
FOREWORD
 

This report is part of a series of publications released from the 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty (NSOPF-93) and the 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty 

(NSOPF-88). These studies, conducted by the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES) 

within the Office of Educational Research and Improvement of the U.S. Department of 

Education, attempt to fill the information gap about faculty and instructional staff in U.S. colleges 

and universities. The National Endowment for the Humanities and the National Science 

Foundation provided additional support for these studies. 

A number of earlier reports have presented information about faculty and instructional staff in the 

fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992. This is the first report that compares this important population 

across this five-year period. We hope the information in this report will be of interest to the 

research community and will stimulate discussions on faculty issues. Based on the number of 

individuals who have contacted the National Center for Education Statistics since the release of 

the first NSOPF-93 publication, we know there is a keen interest in data on faculty and 

instructional staff in our nation’s colleges and universities. We hope that NSOPF-93 and future 

cycles of NSOPF will provide useful information to these individuals. 

NCES plans to release several additional reports from the NSOPF-93 faculty survey. We 

encourage individuals to keep track of our publications through the internet at 

http://www.ed.gov/NCES and through our announcements to the higher education community. 

Finally, researchers are strongly encouraged to conduct their own in-depth analysis of the NSOPF 

data. 

Paul D. Planchon Daniel Kasprzyk 

Associate Commissioner Director 

Surveys and Cooperative Systems Group Education Surveys Program 

iii 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
 

We would like to express our appreciation to the many people who made valuable contributions 

to this report. In particular, we acknowledge the guidance provided by Daniel Kasprzyk, Roslyn 

Korb, and Linda Zimbler of the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES). 

We would like to thank Jim Houser and Tom Synder of NCES, and Valerie Conley, Synectics 

Management Decisions, Inc., for their review and comments on the report. We also wish to thank 

Joan Burrelli, National Science Foundation; Judy Grace, The Pennsylvania State University; and 

Mary Jean Whitelaw, The Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching, for their 

review of the report. Additional technical review of the report was provided by Michael Cohen 

and Marilyn McMillen of NCES. Statistical support was provided by Stephen Wenck of 

Synectics for Management Decisions, Inc. Editorial and publication help was provided by Robert 

LeGrand, Publications Division, Media and Information Services, Office of Educational Research 

and Improvement. 

We are very appreciative of the significant contribution provided by Natalie Suter, who served as 

Project Director at NORC; Kirk Wolter, Senior Vice President, Statistics and Methodology; and 

by other NORC staff including Lance Selfa, Shaun Koch, Hee-Choon Shin, Marek Pietrzyk, and 

Jay Goddard. Lance Selfa, Natalie Suter, and Kirk Wolter co-authored the Technical Notes. 

Also, we wish to thank the members of the NSOPF-93 National Technical Review Panel, whose 

knowledge of and various perspectives on the issues contributed importantly to both the richness 

of the study and its relevance to the higher education community. Finally, our gratitude is 

extended to the thousands of individuals who participated in the study, including institutional 

coordinators, administrators, and faculty members. Clearly, the study could not have been 

completed without their cooperation. 

iv 
 

HIGHLIGHTS
 

This report compares findings from the faculty surveys conducted as part of the 1987-88 National 

Survey of Postsecondary Faculty (NSOPF-88) and the 1992-93 National Study of Postsecondary 

Faculty (NSOPF-93). Both surveys gathered extensive information from samples of faculty in 

institutions of higher education in the United States.

1 While the NSOPF-88 faculty survey was 

limited to faculty and staff who had instructional responsibilities,2 the NSOPF-93 faculty survey 

included these individuals as well as faculty who had no instructional responsibilities during the 

fall. Thus, the comparisons presented in this report include only a subset of faculty from the 1993 

study. 

An economic recession in the early 1990s coupled with budget deficits in many states resulted in 

major cutbacks to higher education. Many states reduced appropriations to higher education 

during this period, forcing public colleges and universities to reexamine their allocation of 

resources and to consider alternatives for increasing revenues from sources other than the states. 

Although private institutions typically do not rely on state appropriations, the recession of the 

early 1990s resulted in operating deficits on many campuses. This report examines a number of 

areas related to faculty that could have been affected by budget reductions – faculty composition, 

work requirements, and salaries. Since instructional costs comprise the largest single expenditure 

of higher education institutions, and faculty salaries absorb the largest share of these instructional 

costs, changes in faculty policies could result in substantial savings or costs to institutions. 

The remainder of this section highlights key findings from each section of the report; it does not 

provide an exhaustive overview of all findings. 

Composition of instructional faculty and staff: Fall, 1987 and Fall, 1992 

Academic characteristics 

• In the fall of 1992, 58 percent of all instructional faculty and staff were employed full 

time and 42 percent were employed part time. This represents a substantial increase 

from the fall of 1987 in the percentage of instructional faculty and staff who were 

employed part time and a corresponding decrease in the percentage who were 

employed full time (table 2.1). 

• There was no change in the percentage of instructional faculty and staff who held the 

rank of full professor between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992. However, there 

was an increase in the percentage of instructional faculty and staff who were 

instructors or lecturers between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992. In both years, 

1

All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree 

and whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. 2

The reader is cautioned not to put too much emphasis on the exact percentage increase in part-time 

instructional faculty and staff between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992, because the way the NSOPF-93 data 

were collected and weighted was different from NSOPF-88. See the Technical Notes for details. 

v 
the vast majority of full-time instructional faculty and staff employed at 4-year 

institutions of higher education held one of three professorial ranks (i.e., full, 

associate, or assistant) in both the fall of 1987 and 1992; however, the majority of fulltime instructional faculty and staff employed at public 2-year institutions held the ranks 

of instructor or lecturer in both time periods (table 2.3). 

• There was a decline in the percentage of instructional faculty and staff who had tenure 

between the fall of 1987 and 1992 (from 58 percent to 54 percent) and an increase in 

the percentage of faculty who were not on a tenure track at their institution during this 

same time period (from 8 percent to 11 percent, respectively) (table 2.5). 

• In both the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992, approximately two-thirds of all full-time 

instructional faculty and staff at institutions of higher education had a doctoral or a 

first professional degree (table 2.7). 

Social/demographic characteristics 

• There was a slight “aging” of full-time instructional faculty and staff from the fall of 

1987 to the fall of 1992; the average age of faculty increased from 47 years to 48 years 

during this time period (table 2.9). 

• Females comprised 33 percent of all full-time instructional faculty and staff at 

institutions of higher education in the fall of 1992, an increase of 6 percentage points 

from the fall of 1987 (table 2.11). 

• Full-time instructional faculty and staff were predominantly white, non-Hispanic in 

both the fall of 1987 (89 percent) and the fall of 1992 (86 percent), although there was 

an increase in the percentage of full-time instructional faculty and staff who were 

black, non-Hispanic (from 3 percent in the fall of 1987 to 5 percent in the fall of 1992) 

(table 2.13). 

Work of full-time instructional faculty and staff: Fall, 1987 and Fall, 1992 

• Full-time instructional faculty and staff were less satisfied with their workload in the 

fall of 1992 than they were in the fall of 1987 (table 3.9). In addition, about one-half 

of the full-time instructional faculty and staff in the fall of 1992 stated that the pressure 

to increase workload had risen in recent years (table 3.11). 

• There was no change between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 in the overall 

duration of the work week of full-time instructional faculty and staff (the average 

work week was 52.7 hours in the fall of 1987 and 52.5 hours in the fall of 1992 (table 

3.1). 

• There was an increase in two measures of classroom workload between the fall of 

1987 and the fall of 1992; student contact hours increased from 300 in the fall of 1987 

vi 
 

to 337 in the fall of 1992, and the mean number of classroom hours increased from 9.8 

hours in the fall of 1987 to 11.0 hours in the fall of 1992 (table 3.5). 

• In both the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992, full-time instructional faculty and staff 

allocated the majority of their time to teaching activities, the second largest percentage 

of their time to research, and the remainder to administrative or “other activities” 

(table 3.3). 

• There was, however, considerable variation in the allocation of their time to various 

work activities across different types of academic institutions. At private research 

universities, full-time instructional faculty and staff reported allocating approximately 

35 percent of their time to teaching activities and 35 percent of their time to research 

activities in the fall of 1992; at public 2-year colleges, full-time instructional faculty 

and staff spent an average of 69 percent of their time in teaching activities and 5 

percent of their time in research activities during this time period (table 3.3). 

• Research productivity, as measured by the number of publications and presentations 

produced in the last two years, remained fairly constant for full-time instructional 

faculty and staff between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 (table 3.7). 

Monetary compensation of full-time instructional faculty and staff: Fall, 1987 and Fall, 

1992 

• The total earned income of full-time instructional faculty and staff kept pace with 

inflation between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992; in both years, faculty earned 

about $60,000 in 1992 dollars from all income sources (table 4.1).3 

• Overall satisfaction with salaries decreased somewhat between the fall of 1987 and the 

fall of 1992 (table 4.5) and overall satisfaction with benefits remained about the same 

(table 4.7). The decrease in reported satisfaction with salaries corresponds with the 

lack of a true increase in faculty earnings mentioned previously. 

3

Total earned income includes basic salary from the institution, other income from the institution, outside 

consulting income, and other outside income. 

vii 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

Page 

FOREWORD............................................................................................................................................. iii
 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.......................................................................................................................... iv
 

HIGHLIGHTS............................................................................................................................................. v
 

SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................ 1
 

The Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2
 

The Report...................................................................................................................................... 2
 

SECTION 2: THE COMPOSITION OF INSTRUCTIONAL FACULTY AND STAFF: FALL, 1987
 

AND FALL, 1992........................................................................................................................... 7
 

Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 7
 

The Academic Characteristics of Instructional Faculty and Staff.................................................... 7
 

Employment Status............................................................................................................. 8
 

Academic Rank .................................................................................................................. 9
 

Tenure Status...................................................................................................................... 9
 

Highest Degree................................................................................................................. 10
 

Social/Demographic Characteristics of Instructional Faculty and Staff......................................... 11
 

Age................................................................................................................................... 11
 

Sex ................................................................................................................................... 11
 

Race/Ethnicity .................................................................................................................. 11
 

Citizenship........................................................................................................................ 12
 

Conclusion .................................................................................................................................... 13
 

SECTION 3: THE WORK OF FULL-TIME INSTRUCTIONAL FACULTY AND STAFF:
 

FALL, 1987 AND FALL, 1992.................................................................................................... 31
 

Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 31
 

The Faculty Work Week............................................................................................................... 31
 

Allocation of Time ........................................................................................................................ 32
 

Instructional Workload.................................................................................................................. 33
 

Research Productivity ................................................................................................................... 34
 

Satisfaction with Workload ........................................................................................................... 34
 

Pressure to Increase Workload...................................................................................................... 35
 

Conclusion .................................................................................................................................... 36
 

ix 
Page 

SECTION 4: MONETARY COMPENSATION OF FULL-TIME INSTRUCTIONAL FACULTY
 

AND STAFF: FALL, 1987 AND FALL, 1992............................................................................ 49
 

Overall Monetary Compensation................................................................................................... 50
 

Compensation by Source of Income ............................................................................................. 50
 

Satisfaction with Salary and Benefits............................................................................................ 51
 

Conclusion .................................................................................................................................... 51
 

APPENDICES 

Appendix A: Supplementary Tables ...................................................................................................... 61
 

Appendix B: Technical Notes................................................................................................................ 97
 

Appendix C: Standard Error Tables .................................................................................................... 113
 

Appendix D: Survey Questionnaires.................................................................................................... 187
 

TABLES 

Table 2.1:	 Number and percentage of higher education instructional faculty and staff,
 

by employment status and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992......... 14
 

Table 2.2:	 Number and percentage of higher education instructional faculty and staff in
 

4-year institutions, by employment status and program area: Fall 1987 and
 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 15
 

Table 2.3:	 Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff, by academic rank and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and
 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 16
 

Table 2.4:	 Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff in 4-year institutions, by academic rank and program area: Fall 1987 and
 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 17
 

Table 2.5:	 Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff, by tenure status and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and
 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 18
 

Table 2.6:	 Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff in 4-year institutions, by tenure status and program area: Fall 1987 and
 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 19
 

Table 2.7:	 Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff with a doctoral or first professional degree, by type and control of institution:
 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................... 20
 

Page 

x 
Table 2.8:	 Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff in 4-year institutions with a doctoral or first professional degree, by program
 

area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 .......................................................................................... 21
 

Table 2.9:	 Average age and age distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff,
 

by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.............................................. 22
 

Table 2.10:	 Average age and age distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff
 

in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992..................................... 23
 

Table 2.11:	 Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff, by sex and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992........................ 24
 

Table 2.12:	 Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff in 4-year institutions, by sex and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................ 25
 

Table 2.13:	 Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff, by race/ethnicity and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ........ 26
 

Table 2.14:	 Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff in 4-year institutions, by race/ethnicity and program area: Fall 1987 and
 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 27
 

Table 2.15:	 Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff, by U.S. citizenship status and type and control of institution: Fall 1987
 

and Fall 1992.................................................................................................................... 28
 

Table 2.16:	 Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff in 4-year institutions, by U.S. citizenship status and program area: Fall 1987
 

and Fall 1992.................................................................................................................... 29
 

Table 3.1:	 Mean number of hours worked by full-time instructional faculty and staff, by
 

type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................................................... 37
 

Table 3.2:	 Mean number of hours worked by full-time instructional faculty and staff in
 

4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992......................................... 38
 

Table 3.3:	 Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by time
 

allocation and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992............................ 39
 

Table 3.4:	 Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year
 

institutions, by time allocation and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992..................... 40
 

xi 
Page 

Table 3.5: Mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours of full-time 

instructional faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 

and Fall 1992.................................................................................................................... 41 

Table 3.6: Mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours of full-time 

instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 

and Fall 1992.................................................................................................................... 42 

Table 3.7: Mean number of publications and presentations in the past two years by 

full-time instructional faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................... 43 

Table 3.8: Mean number of publications and presentations in the past two years by 

full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................... 44 

Table 3.9: Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by 

satisfaction with work load and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 45 

Table 3.10: Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by satisfaction with work load and program area: Fall 1987 and 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 46 

Table 3.11: Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by 

perception of pressure to increase work load in recent years and type and 

control of institution: Fall 1992 ........................................................................................ 47 

Table 3.12: Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by perception of pressure to increase work load in recent years and 

program area: Fall 1992 .................................................................................................. 48 

Table 4.1: Mean income of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by source of income 

and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992............................................ 53 

Table 4.2: Mean income of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, 

by source of income and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 .................................... 54 

Table 4.3: Income for full-time instructional faculty and staff with income beyond basic 

salary from institution, by source of income and type and control of institution: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................... 55 

Page 

xii 
Table 4.4: Income for full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions with 

income beyond basic salary from institution, by source of income and program 

area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 .......................................................................................... 56 

Table 4.5: Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by satisfaction 

with salary and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.......................... 57 

Table 4.6: Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by satisfaction with salary and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992......... 58 

Table 4.7: Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by satisfaction 

with benefits and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992....................... 59 

Table 4.8: Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by satisfaction with benefits and program area: Fall 1987 and 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 60 

Appendix A: Supplementary Tables 

Table A-2.3: Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff, by academic rank and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 63 

Table A-2.4: Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff in 4-year institutions, by academic rank and program area: Fall 1987 and 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 64 

Table A-2.5: Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff, by tenure status and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 65 

Table A-2.6: Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff in 4-year institutions, by tenure status and program area: Fall 1987 

and Fall 1992.................................................................................................................... 66 

Table A-2.7: Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff with a doctoral or first professional degree, by type and control of institution: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................... 67 

Table A-2.8: Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff in 4-year institutions with a doctoral or first professional degree, by program 

area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 .......................................................................................... 68 

Page 

Table A-2.9: Average age and age distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, 

by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.............................................. 69 

xiii 
Table A-2.10:	 Average age and age distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff
 

in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992..................................... 70
 

Table A-2.11:	 Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff, by sex and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992........................ 71
 

Table A-2.12:	 Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty
 

and staff in 4-year institutions, by sex and program area: Fall 1987 and
 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 72
 

Table A-2.13:	 Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty
 

and staff, by race/ethnicity and type and control of institution: Fall 1987
 

and Fall 1992.................................................................................................................... 73
 

Table A-2.14:	 Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty
 

and staff in 4-year institutions, by race/ethnicity and program area: Fall
 

1987 and Fall 1992........................................................................................................... 74
 

Table A-2.15:	 Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff, by U.S. citizenship status and type and control of institution: Fall 1987
 

and Fall 1992.................................................................................................................... 75
 

Table A-2.16:	 Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and
 

staff in 4-year institutions, by U.S. citizenship status and program area: Fall 1987
 

and Fall 1992.................................................................................................................... 76
 

Table A-3.1:	 Mean number of hours worked by part-time instructional faculty and staff,
 

by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.............................................. 77
 

Table A-3.2:	 Mean number of hours worked by part-time instructional faculty and staff
 

in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992..................................... 78
 

Table A-3.3:	 Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by time
 

allocation and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992........................... 79
 

Table A-3.4:	 Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year
 

institutions, by time allocation and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992..................... 80
 

xiv
 
Page 

Table A-3.5:	 Mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours of part-time
 

instructional faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987
 

and Fall 1992.................................................................................................................... 81
 

Table A-3.6:	 Mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours of part-time
 

instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area:
 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................... 82
 

Table A-3.7:	 Mean number of publications and presentations in the past two years by
 

part-time instructional faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................... 83
 

Table A-3.8:	 Mean number of publications and presentations in the past two years by
 

part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................... 84
 

Table A-3.9:	 Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by satisfaction
 

with work load and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ................... 85
 

Table A-3.10:	 Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year
 

institutions, by satisfaction with work load and program area: Fall 1987 and
 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 86
 

Table A-3.11:	 Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by
 

perception of pressure to increase work load in recent years and type and
 

control of institution: Fall 1992 ....................................................................................... 87
 

Table A-3.12:	 Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year
 

institutions, by perception of pressure to increase work load in recent years and
 

program area: Fall 1992 .................................................................................................. 88
 

Table A-4.1:	 Mean income for part-time instructional faculty and staff, by source of
 

income and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ............................... 89
 

Table A-4.2:	 Mean income of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions,
 

by source of income and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 .................................... 90
 

Table A-4.3:	 Income for part-time instructional faculty and staff with income beyond
 

basic salary from institution, by source of income and type and control of
 

institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ................................................................................. 91
 

xv 
Page 

Table A-4.4: Income for part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions with 

income beyond basic salary from institution, by source of income and 

program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992............................................................................ 92 

Table A-4.5: Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by 

satisfaction with salary and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 

and Fall 1992.................................................................................................................... 93 

Table A-4.6: Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by satisfaction with salary and program area: Fall 1987 and 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 94 

Table A-4.7: Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by 

satisfaction with benefits and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 

and Fall 1992.................................................................................................................... 95 

Table A-4.8: Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by satisfaction with benefits and program area: Fall 1987 and 

Fall 1992 .......................................................................................................................... 96 

Appendix C: Standard Error Tables 

Table T2.1: Standard errors of number and percentage of higher education instructional 

faculty and staff, by employment status and type and control of institution: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................. 115 

Table T2.2: Standard errors of number and percentage of higher education instructional 

faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by employment status and program 

area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ........................................................................................ 116 

Table T2.3: Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education 

instructional faculty and staff, by academic rank and type and control of 

institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ............................................................................... 117 

Table T2.4: Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education 

instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by academic rank and 

program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.......................................................................... 118 

Table T2.5: Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education 

instructional faculty and staff, by tenure status and type and control of 

institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ............................................................................... 119 

xvi 
Page 

Table T2.6:	 Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education 

instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions by tenure status and 

program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.......................................................................... 120
 

Table T2.7:	 Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education 

instructional faculty and staff with a doctoral or first professional degree, by 

type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................................................. 121
 

Table T2.8:	 Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education 

instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions with a doctoral or 

professional degree, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992..................................... 122
 

Table T2.9:	 Standard errors of average age and age distribution of full-time instructional
 

faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................. 123
 

Table T2.10:	 Standard errors of average age and age distribution of full-time instructional
 

faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992......... 124
 

Table T2.11:	 Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education 

instructional faculty and staff, by sex and type and control of institution: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................. 125
 

Table T2.12:	 Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education 

instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by sex and program area: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................. 126
 

Table T2.13:	 Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education 

instructional faculty and staff, by race/ethnicity and type and control of 

institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ............................................................................... 127
 

Table T2.14:	 Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education 

instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by race/ethnicity and 

program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.......................................................................... 128
 

Table T2.15:	 Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education 

instructional faculty and staff, by U.S. citizenship status and type and control 

of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992........................................................................... 129
 

Table T2.16:	 Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education 

instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by U.S. citizenship status 

and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................................................................... 130
 

xvii 
Page 

Table T3.1: Standard errors of mean number of hours worked by full-time instructional 

faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................. 131 

Table T3.2: Standard errors of mean number of hours worked by full-time instructional 

faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992......... 132 

Table T3.3: Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and 

staff, by time allocation and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and 

Fall 1992 ........................................................................................................................ 133 

Table T3.4: Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and 

staff in 4-year institutions, by time allocation and program area: Fall 1987 

and Fall 1992.................................................................................................................. 134 

Table T3.5: Standard errors of mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours 

of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................. 135 

Table T3.6: Standard errors of mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours 

of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program 

area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ........................................................................................ 136 

Table T3.7: Standard errors of mean number of publications and presentations in the past 

two years by full-time instructional faculty and staff, by type and control of 

institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ............................................................................... 137 

Table T3.8: Standard errors of mean number of publications and presentations in the past 

two years by full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by 

program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.......................................................................... 138 

Table T3.9: Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty 

and staff, by satisfaction with work load and type and control of institution: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................. 139 

Table T3.10: Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty 

and staff in 4-year institutions, by satisfaction with work load and program area: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................. 140 

Table T3.11: Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty 

and staff, by perception of pressure to increase work load in recent years and 

type and control of institution: Fall 1992 ....................................................................... 141 

xviii 
Page 

Table T3.12:	 Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty 

and staff in 4-year institutions, by perception of pressure to increase work load 

in recent years and program area: Fall 1992.................................................................. 142
 

Table T4.1:	 Standard errors of mean income of full-time instructional faculty and staff, 

by source of income and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ......... 143 

Table T4.2:	 Standard errors of mean income of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 

4-year institutions, by source of income and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 

1992 ............................................................................................................................... 144
 

Table T4.3:	 Standard errors of income for full-time instructional faculty and staff with 

income beyond basic salary from institution, by source of income and type 

and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ........................................................ 145
 

Table T4.4:	 Standard errors of income for full-time instructional faculty and staff in 

4-year institutions with income beyond basic salary from institution, by 

source of income and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ....................................... 146
 

Table T4.5:	 Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty 

and staff, by satisfaction with salary and type and control of institution: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................. 147
 

Table T4.6:	 Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty 

and staff in 4-year institutions, by satisfaction with salary and program area: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................. 148
 

Table T4.7:	 Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty 

and staff, by satisfaction with benefits and type and control of institution: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.................................................................................................. 149
 

Table T4.8:	 Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty 

and staff in 4-year institutions, by satisfaction with benefits and program 

area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ........................................................................................ 150
 

Table TA-2.3:	 Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education 

instructional faculty and academic rank and type and control of institution: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 staff.......................................................................................... 153
 

Table TA-2.4:	 Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education 

instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by academic rank and 

program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992.......................................................................... 154
 

Page 

xix 
Table TA-2.5: Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education

 instructional faculty and staff, by tenure status and type and control of

 institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ............................................................................. 155
 

Table TA-2.6: Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education

 instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by tenure status and

 program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992........................................................................ 156
 

Table TA-2.7: Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education

 instructional faculty and staff with a doctoral or professional degree, by type

 and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ...................................................... 157
 

Table TA-2.8: Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education

 instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions with a doctoral or

 professional degree, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................................... 158
 

Table TA-2.9: Standard errors of average age and age distribution of part-time instructional

 faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992............... 159 

Table TA-2.10: Standard errors of average age and age distribution of part-time instructional

 faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and

 Fall 1992 ...................................................................................................................... 160
 

Table TA-2.11: Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional

 faculty and staff, by sex and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and

 Fall 1992 ...................................................................................................................... 161
 

Table TA-2.12: Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education

 instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by sex and program area: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................................................................................................ 162
 

Table TA-2.13: Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education

 instructional faculty and staff, by race/ethnicity and type and control of

 institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ............................................................................. 163
 

Table TA-2.14: Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education

 instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by race/ethnicity and

 program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992........................................................................ 164
 

Table TA-2.15: Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education

 instructional faculty and staff, by U.S. citizenship status and type and control of

 institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ............................................................................. 165
 

Page 

Table TA-2.16: Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education

 instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by U.S. citizenship and 

xx 
 

 program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992....................................................................... 166
 

Table TA-3.1: Standard errors of mean number of hours worked by part-time instructional

 faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992............... 167
 

Table TA-3.2: Standard errors of mean number of hours worked by part-time instructional

 faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and

 Fall 1992 ...................................................................................................................... 168
 

Table TA-3.3: Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty

 and staff, by time allocation and type and control of institution: Fall 1987

 and Fall 1992................................................................................................................ 169
 

Table TA-3.4: Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty

 and staff in 4-year institutions, by time allocation and program area: Fall

 1987 and Fall 1992....................................................................................................... 170
 

Table TA-3.5: Standard errors of mean number of classroom hours and student contact

 hours of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by type and control of

 institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ............................................................................. 171
 

Table TA-3.6: Standard errors of mean number of classroom hours and student contact

 hours of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions,

 by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................................................................... 172
 

Table TA-3.7: Standard errors of mean number of publications and presentations in the

 past two years by part-time instructional faculty and staff, by type and control

 of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992......................................................................... 173
 

Table TA-3.8: Standard errors of mean number of publications and presentations in the

 past two years by part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions,

 by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................................................................... 174
 

Table TA-3.9: Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty

 and staff, by satisfaction with work load and type and control of institution: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................................................................................................ 175
 

Table TA-3.10: Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty

 and staff in 4-year institutions, by satisfaction with work load and program area: 

Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................................................................................................ 176
 

Page 

Table TA-3.11: Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty

 and staff, by perception of pressure to increase work load in recent years and

 type and control of institution: Fall 1992 ..................................................................... 177
 

xxi
Table TA-3.12: Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty

 and staff in 4-year institutions, by perception of pressure to increase work

 load in recent years and program area: Fall 1992 ........................................................ 178
 

Table TA-4.1: Standard errors of mean income of part-time instructional faculty and staff,

 by source of income and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall

 1992 ............................................................................................................................. 179
 

Table TA-4.2: Standard errors of mean income for part-time instructional faculty and staff

 in 4-year institutions, by source of income and program area: Fall 1987 and

 Fall 1992 ...................................................................................................................... 180
 

Table TA-4.3: Standard errors of income for part-time instructional faculty and staff with

 income beyond basic salary from institution, by source of income and type

 and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ...................................................... 181
 

Table TA-4.4: Standard errors of income for part-time instructional faculty and staff in

 4-year institutions with income beyond basic salary from institution, by

 source of income and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ..................................... 182
 

Table TA-4.5: Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty

 and staff, by satisfaction with salary and type and control of institution:

 Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................................................................................................ 183
 

Table TA-4.6: Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty

 and staff in 4-year institutions, by satisfaction with salary and program

 area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ...................................................................................... 184
 

Table TA-4.7: Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty

 and staff, by satisfaction with benefits and type and control of institution:

 Fall 1987 and Fall 1992................................................................................................ 185
 

Table TA-4.8: Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty

 and staff in 4-year institutions, by satisfaction with benefits and program

 area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 ...................................................................................... 186
 

xxii 
 

 

SECTION 1
 

INTRODUCTION 

In 1988 and in 1993, the U.S. Department of Education’s National Center for Education 

Statistics, with support from the National Endowment for the Humanities and the National 

Science Foundation, sponsored national studies of postsecondary faculty. The five years between 

these two studies represent a critical period in American higher education. In the early 1990s, an 

economic recession coupled with budget deficits in many states resulted in major cutbacks in state 

appropriations to higher education. Between 1990-91 and 1991-92, 23 states experienced 

reductions, in current dollars, in their higher education appropriations from their state 

legislatures.1 During this time, there was an overall decline of one percent in state appropriations 

to higher education; 10 states experienced declines of five percent or more.2 Decreases in the 

purchasing power of the dollar make the impact of these cutbacks even more dramatic. 

With such declines in state appropriations, public institutions were forced to examine how they 

allocated their reduced resources and to consider mechanisms for increasing revenues from 

sources other than the state. Although private institutions typically do not rely on state 

appropriations, the recession of the early 1990s resulted in operating deficits on many campuses. 

Many private institutions found themselves with revenues that fell short of projected levels.3 

Where might colleges and universities look to reduce budget deficits and revenue shortfalls? 

Instructional costs comprise the largest single expenditure of higher education institutions, and 

faculty salaries absorb the largest share of these instructional costs. Thus, major savings to higher 

education institutions could be achieved by making changes in policies regarding faculty—their 

composition, work requirements, and salaries. This report examines these possibilities by 

presenting key faculty trends with data from the two faculty surveys conducted by the National 

Center for Education Statistics. 

1

Only two states, Massachusetts and New Jersey, experienced declines in state appropriations to higher 

education between the 1988-89 and 1990-91 academic years. 2 The Almanac of Higher Education (Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press), 1992. 3

David W. Breneman, Liberal Arts Colleges: Thriving, Surviving, or Endangered? (Washington, DC: 

The Brookings Institution), 1994. 

1
 
 

The Data 

The 1988 and 1993 faculty studies covered many of the same issues but differed from one another 

in several respects. The 1987-88 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty (NSOPF-88) 

collected data from a sample of 11,000 faculty, 480 institutions, and over 3,000 department 

chairpersons. Surveys were administered in 1988 with respondents reporting on faculty policies 

and activities in the fall of 1987. The second study, the 1992-93 National Study of Postsecondary 

Faculty (NSOPF-93), did not collect data from department chairpersons but collected data from 

substantially increased samples of institutions and faculty: 974 public and private nonproprietary 

higher education institutions and 31,354 faculty and instructional staff. NSOPF-93 institutional 

and faculty respondents completed surveys in 1993 which referenced their policies and activities 

during the fall of 1992. (See Appendix B, Technical Notes, for a more detailed discussion of the 

sample design and methodology.) 

In addition to the increased numbers of institutions and faculty surveyed, NSOPF-93 differed from 

NSOPF-88 in another important way. The earlier survey was limited to faculty and staff who had 

some instructional responsibilities4 during the fall. NSOPF-93 included these individuals as well 

as faculty who had no instructional responsibilities (e.g., those engaged exclusively in research, 

administration, or public service) during the fall of 1992. Faculty status was determined by each 

institution. Thus, individuals with given responsibilities may have faculty status at one institution 

while individuals with similar responsibilities at another college or university may not. 

The expanded definition of faculty used in NSOPF-93 provides a unique opportunity to examine 

non-instructional faculty and their role in higher education. These individuals serve as 

researchers, administrators, and advisers to students among other capacities. 

To compare data from the 1988 and 1993 faculty studies, however, only a subgroup of faculty 

and instructional staff from NSOPF-93 are included: those individuals who had some 

instructional responsibilities for credit during the fall of 1992. This means that faculty without 

instructional responsibilities in the fall of 1992 are eliminated. Thus, the term “faculty” in this 

report refers to instructional faculty and staff only. 

The Report 

This report examines three specific faculty issues that potentially could be affected by changes in 

the higher education climate between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992: 

• The academic and social composition of instructional faculty and staff; 

• The work of full-time instructional faculty and staff; and 

4

Instructional responsibilities is defined as teaching one or more classes for credit or advising or 

supervising students’ academic activities. 

2
 
 

• The compensation of full-time instructional faculty and staff. 

Several reports have indicated that colleges and universities intent on cutting costs have relied 

more heavily on part-time and temporary faculty (often not in tenure-track positions) who 

typically are paid less than full-time and permanent faculty and are less likely to receive benefits.5 

Postsecondary institutions have also increased the teaching loads of their faculty in an effort to 

reduce the total number of positions needed to cover existing courses and programs. Perhaps 

most directly, some postsecondary education institutions have limited salary increases to faculty 

as a cost-cutting measure.6 These possibilities and many others related to these issues are 

explored in the remainder of the report. 

Throughout the report, comparisons are made across institutional types and academic disciplines. 

A modified Carnegie classification is used to distinguish among the various types of institutions of 

higher education across the country.7 The following institutional categories are used throughout 

this report: 

• Public research: Publicly controlled institutions that offer a full range of baccalaureate 

programs, are committed to graduate education through the doctorate, and give high 

priority to research. They award 50 or more doctoral degrees each year. 

• Private research: Same as public research but privately controlled. 

• Public doctoral: Publicly controlled institutions that offer a full range of baccalaureate 

programs and are committed to graduate education through the doctorate. They 

award annually at least 10 doctoral degrees (in three or more disciplines), or 20 or 

more doctoral degrees in one or more discipline. 

• Private doctoral: Same as public doctoral but privately controlled. 

• Public comprehensive: Publicly controlled institutions that offer a full range of 

baccalaureate programs and many offer graduate degrees through the master’s. 

• Private comprehensive: Same as public comprehensive but privately controlled. 

5

R. Kirshstein, A. O’Malley, and C. Rodriguez. Institutional Responses to Higher Education Cost 

Pressures in the 1990s (Washington, DC: Pelavin Research Institute), 1996. 6

E. El-Khawas, Campus Trends 1995. (Washington, DC: American Council on Education), July 1995. 7

See the Technical Notes for a discussion of the institutional classification and A Classification of 

Institutions of Higher Education. (Princeton, N. J.: The Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching), 

1987. 

3
 
 

• Private liberal arts: Privately controlled colleges that primarily focus on undergraduate 

education. More than half of their degrees are awarded in liberal arts fields. 

• Public 2-year: Publicly controlled institutions that offer certificate or degree programs 

through the Associate of Arts level. 

• Other: Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized 

institutions, except medical. 

Academic disciplines are grouped into 10 program areas, based on the reported discipline in 

which faculty teach.8 The program areas used throughout this report are: 

• Agriculture and home economics 

• Business 

• Education 

• Engineering 

• Fine arts 

• Health sciences9 

• Humanities 

• Natural sciences 

• Social sciences 

• Other 

Program area data in this report are limited to instructional faculty and staff employed in 4-year 

institutions. 

Section 2, The Composition of Instructional Faculty and Staff: Fall, 1987 and Fall, 1992, 

compares the academic characteristics of instructional faculty and staff across institutions and 

disciplines in these two time periods as well as the social and demographic backgrounds of this 

group of faculty. Section 3, The Work of Full-time Instructional Faculty and Staff: Fall, 1987 

and Fall, 1992, compares the work load, research productivity and job satisfaction of full-time 

instructional faculty and staff across institutions and academic disciplines. In Section 4, The 

Compensation of Full-time Instructional Faculty and Staff: Fall, 1987 and Fall, 1992, the 

salaries and other compensation of full-time instructional faculty and staff are compared for these 

two time periods. 

Appendix A, Supplementary Tables, presents data for part-time faculty not presented in the main 

body of the report. Appendix B, Technical Notes, provides a detailed discussion of the sampling 

8

See Technical Notes for a listing of the academic disciplines included in each of these program areas. 9

Estimates for the health sciences are not shown separately in this report but are included in the totals. 

See Technical Notes for details. 

4
 
 

and survey methodology. Appendix C presents standard errors of the estimates. Appendix D 

contains a copy of the survey instruments. 

All differences cited in this report are significant at the .05 level.10 

10In accordance with NCES standards, the Bonferroni adjustment to the significance level was used when 

multiple comparisons were made. With this adjustment, the .05 significance level was divided by the total number 

of comparisons made. Consequently, the t-value required for statistical significance in comparisons across 

institution types and program areas was approximately 2.8—a considerably more rigorous requirement than the 

1.96 t-value required for a single comparison. See the Technical Notes for a description of accuracy of estimates. 

5
 
 

SECTION 2
 

THE COMPOSITION OF INSTRUCTIONAL FACULTY
 

AND STAFF: FALL, 1987 AND FALL, 1992
 

Introduction 

In the fall of 1992,11 American colleges and universities employed an estimated 904,935 

instructional faculty and staff. Between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992, the overall number 

of instructional faculty and staff increased by approximately 135,000. These aggregate estimates, 

however, mask the diversity of instructional faculty and staff as well as specific changes in their 

composition over time. 

Since faculty are both an institution’s major resource and major expense, shifts in the composition 

of faculty over time can affect a college or university’s budget. An assistant professor who has 

recently completed graduate work will be paid less than a tenured associate professor in the same 

field at the same institution. Faculty hired in tenure track positions have the potential to be in 

long-term relationships with institutions as opposed to faculty hired on a fixed-term or contract 

basis. Similarly, part-time faculty are typically less expensive to hire because their salaries tend to 

be lower, they tend not to be on a tenure track, and because institutions tend not to provide as 

many benefits to this group as they do to full-time faculty.12 The academic climate between the fall 

of 1987 and the fall of 1992 suggests that there could be changes in the composition of 

instructional faculty and staff over this time period. 

This section of the report describes instructional faculty and staff in these two time periods in 

terms of their employment status, rank, tenure status, highest degree, age, sex, race/ethnicity, and 

citizenship status, and highlights the changes that have occurred. 

The Academic Characteristics of Instructional Faculty and Staff 

Although there is considerable variation in the over 3,000 institutions of higher education in the 

United States and the faculty they employ, a common vocabulary can be used to describe the 

overall organization of the academic profession. A number of characteristics are examined that 

describe the academic profession and its many variations. These characteristics are: 

• Employment status – whether a faculty member is employed full time or part time by 

the institution; 

• Academic rank – whether a faculty member is considered a full, associate, or assistant 

professor; instructor; lecturer; or other title; 

11Although the survey was administered in 1993, faculty responded about their employment and activities 

in the fall of 1992. 12Institutional Policies and Practices Regarding Faculty in Higher Education (Washington, DC: U.S. 

Government Printing Office), 1997, tables 5.4 and 5.8. 

7
 
 

• Tenure status – whether a faculty member has tenure, is on a tenure-track, or if a 

tenure system even exists for the faculty member; and 

• Highest degree – whether a faculty member holds a doctoral or first professional 

degree. 

Employment Status 

In the fall of 1992, 58 percent of all instructional faculty and staff were employed full time and 42 

percent were employed part time. There was variation in the employment status of instructional 

faculty and staff employed across the various types of institutions identified in this report. 

Instructional faculty and staff employed at 2-year institutions were much more likely to be 

employed part time than those employed at 4-year institutions (i.e., research, doctoral, 

comprehensive, and liberal arts) (table 2.1). 

The NSOPF-93 data for the employment status of instructional faculty and staff reflect a 

substantial increase from the NSOPF-88 data in the percentage of instructional faculty and staff 

who were employed part time, and conversely, a decrease in the percentage of instructional 

faculty and staff who were employed full time (table 2.1). Although the increase in the proportion 

of part-time faculty supports other findings that point to this practice as a way for colleges and 

universities to reduce costs,13 the reader is cautioned not to put too much emphasis on the exact 

change in percentage of part-time instructional faculty and staff between the fall of 1987 and the 

fall of 1992. NSOPF-93 data were collected and weighted differently than NSOPF-88 data, a 

factor that could produce differences in results.14 

The remainder of this report examines trends in work and salary issues for full-time instructional 

faculty and staff. Because of the complexities involved in comparing full- and part-time faculty on 

work and salary issues, data on part-time faculty will be addressed in a separate report. Estimates 

are provided in Appendix A for part-time instructional faculty and staff in the fall of 1987 and the 

fall of 1992 for those individuals who are interested in trends among part-time instructional 

faculty and staff. The authors of this report recognize that by focusing only on full-time 

instructional faculty and staff, this report underemphasizes the degree to which institutions may 

have been affected by changes in the economic climate between 1987 and 1992. 

13The Almanac of Higher Education, 1994 (Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press), 1994, p. 49. 14As part of the 1993 NSOPF, institution staff were recontacted when inconsistencies arose between the 

estimates of instructional faculty and staff collected as part of the lists institutions provided for sampling purposes 

and the estimates of instructional faculty and staff collected as part of an Institution Questionnaire that asked the 

same institutions to provide estimates of their instructional faculty and staff. As a result of this recontacting of 

institutions with discrepancies in estimates, the estimate of the number of full- and part-time faculty in the fall of 

1992 increased (see the technical notes for a description of the recontacting of institutions with discrepancies and 

the adjusted estimates). No similar reconciliation of the estimates was performed for the 1988 NSOPF. 

8
 
Academic Rank 

The vast majority of all full-time instructional faculty and staff employed at 4-year institutions of 

higher education held one of three professorial ranks (i.e., full, associate, or assistant) in both time 

periods (table 2.3). However, this was not true for full-time instructional faculty and staff 

employed at public 2-year institutions. Over one-half of all full-time institutional faculty and staff 

held non-professional ranks in both the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992. 

There was very little change in the distribution of full-time higher education instructional faculty 

and staff by academic rank between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992. Among all higher 

education institutions, about the same percentage of full-time instructional faculty and staff held 

the ranks of full professor, associate professor, and assistant professor in the fall of 1987 and the 

fall of 1992. There was a slight increase in the percentage of full-time instructional faculty and 

staff who were instructors or lecturers between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 (table 2.3). It 

is not clear from the data, therefore, that institutions replaced full-time instructional faculty and 

staff at higher ranks with lower ranked full-time instructional faculty and staff. 

In 4-year institutions, there was also very little change in the distribution of full-time higher 

education instructional faculty and staff by academic rank when program area is considered. 

Among each of the program areas in 4-year institutions, the percentages of full-time instructional 

faculty and staff in the various academic ranks remained about the same between the two time 

periods (table 2.4). The one exception was an increase in the percentage of full-time humanities 

instructional faculty and staff as instructors or lecturers between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 

1992 (8.5 and 13.4 percent, respectively) (table 2.4). 

Tenure Status 

Most institutions of higher education have faculty tenure systems. In both the fall of 1987 and the 

fall of 1992, about one-tenth of all full-time instructional faculty and staff were at institutions that 

did not have a tenure system (9 percent in the fall of 1987 and 8 percent in the fall of 1992) (table 

2.5). 

Across all institutions of higher education, over one-half (54 percent) of all full-time instructional 

faculty and staff had tenure in the fall of 1992. In the fall of 1987, a slightly larger percentage (58 

percent) of full-time instructional faculty and staff had tenure (table 2.5). 

Although a larger percentage of all full-time instructional faculty and staff had tenure in 1987 than 

1992, no change in the percentage of those who had tenure was discernible at any of the 

institutional types identified in this report. Similarly although a larger percentage of all full-time 

instructional faculty and staff were not on a tenure track in 1992 than in 1987, most types of 

institutions showed no significant change in the percentage of full-time instructional faculty and 

staff who were not on a tenure track at their institution. The one exception occurred at private 

doctoral institutions where only 2 percent of the full-time instructional faculty and staff in 1987 

were not on a tenure track at their institution, as compared to 14 percent in 1992 (table 2.5). 

9
 
 

The reader is alerted to a phenomenon that is apparent in this comparison of tenure differences by 

institutional type and control between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 and that recurs in many 

of the analyses throughout this report. Although the overall change may be statistically significant 

across these two time periods, many of the changes across specific types of institutions are not. 

This sometimes occurs even when the magnitude of the change across institutional categories 

appears similar to the overall change. Because the subgroup estimates are based on smaller 

sample sizes and have larger standard errors, these apparent changes are not necessarily 

statistically significant.15 See Appendix C for the standard error associated with each estimate in 

this report. 

Among 4-year institutions, only the humanities program area experienced a change in the 

percentage of its full-time instructional faculty and staff who had tenure between the fall of 1987 

and the fall of 1992; the percentage of full-time humanities instructional faculty and staff who had 

tenure declined from 69 percent in the fall of 1987 to 60 percent in the fall of 1992. Similarly, 

only full-time instructional faculty and staff in the humanities experienced an increase from 1987 

to 1992 in the percentage of faculty who were not on a tenure track (7 percent versus 12 percent, 

respectively) (table 2.6). 

Highest Degree 

In the fall of 1992, approximately 65 percent of all full-time instructional faculty and staff at 

institutions of higher education had a doctoral or a first professional degree.16 In the fall of 1987, 

a similar percentage of full-time instructional faculty and staff held these degrees (67 percent) 

(table 2.7). 

In both the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992, approximately 80 to 90 percent of full-time 

instructional faculty and staff at public research, private research, public doctoral, and private 

doctoral institutions had doctoral or first professional degrees. In contrast, about one-fifth of the 

full-time instructional faculty and staff at public 2-year colleges held such degrees in both years 

(table 2.7). 

In 4-year institutions, the proportions of full-time instructional faculty and staff holding doctoral 

or first professional degrees in each program area was similar in the fall of 1987 and the fall of 

1992 (table 2.8). 

15Because estimates for the humanities are based on relatively large sample sizes and generally have 

smaller standard errors due to oversampling, their apparent changes are more likely to be statistically significant. 16A first-professional degree is a “degree that signifies both completion of the academic requirements for 

beginning practice in a given profession and a level of professional skill beyond that normally required for a 

bachelor’s degree. This degree usually is based on a program requiring at least 2 academic years of work prior to 

entrance and a total of at least 6 academic years of work to complete the degree program, including both prior 

required college work and the professional program itself. By the National Center for Education Statistics 

definition, first-professional degrees are awarded in the fields of dentistry (D.D.S or D.M.D.), medicine (M.D.), 

optometry (O.D.), osteopathic medicine (D.O.), pharmacy (D.Phar.), pediatric medicine (D.P.M.), veterinary 

medicine (D.V.M.), chiropractic (DC or D.C.M.), law (J.D.), and theological professions (M.Div. or M.H.L.).” 

(U.S. Department of Education, The Condition of Education,, 1994, p. 417). 

10
 
Social/Demographic Characteristics of Instructional Faculty and Staff 

The diversity of faculty is reflected not only in their academic backgrounds and status within their 

institutions but also in a number of personal characteristics that can influence their teaching, 

research, and general academic outlook. These social and demographic characteristics include 

age, sex, race/ethnicity, and citizenship. 

Age 

The average age of full-time instructional faculty and staff at higher education institutions was 48 

years in the fall of 1992. This represents a slight “aging” of full-time instructional faculty and staff 

from the fall of 1987 when the average age was 47 years (table 2.9). 

The average age did not increase during this time period among full-time faculty in any of the 

various types of institutions presented in this report (table 2.9). 

In 4-year institutions, full-time instructional faculty and staff in the program areas of business, fine 

arts, and the natural sciences experienced an increase in average age between the fall of 1987 and 

the fall of 1992 (table 2.10). 

Sex 

In the fall of 1992, females comprised 33 percent of all full-time instructional faculty and staff at 

institutions of higher education, an increase of approximately 6 percentage points from the fall of 

1987 (table 2.11). Variations across type and control of institution in the percentage of full-time 

instructional faculty and staff who were female ranged from 23 percent to 45 percent in the fall of 

1992 (table 2.11). 

Within the various types of institutions included in this report, increases in the percentage of fulltime instructional faculty and staff who were female were found at private research institutions 

(20 percent in 1987 and 31 percent in 1992) and at public 2-year institutions (38 percent in 1987 

and 45 percent in 1992) between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 (table 2.11). 

With the exception of the humanities, where the percentage of female full-time instructional 

faculty and staff increased from 26 percent in the fall of 1987 to 38 percent in the fall of 1992, the 

percentages of females in all program areas remained about the same during this time period (table 

2.12). 

Race/Ethnicity 

Across all institutions of higher education, the vast majority (87 percent) of full-time instructional 

faculty and staff were white, non-Hispanic in the fall of 1992. This represented a slight (2 

percentage points) decline from the fall of 1987. In contrast, the percentage of full-time 

instructional faculty and staff who were black, non-Hispanic increased slightly, from 3 percent in 

the fall of 1987 to 5 percent in the fall of 1992. However, the percentage of Asian/Pacific 

11
 
 

Islander, Hispanic, and American Indian/Alaskan Native faculty did not change between 1987 and 

1992 (table 2.13). 

There were generally no changes by type of institution over this 5-year period in the percentages 

of full-time instructional faculty and staff by race/ethnicity. The one exception was an increase in 

the percentage of Asian/Pacific Islander full-time instructional faculty and staff in private research 

institutions during this time period (4 and 9 percent, respectively) (table 2.13). 

There were no changes by program area over this 5-year period in the percentages of full-time 

instructional faculty and staff by race/ethnicity. However, there was some variation in 

race/ethnicity by program area within a given year. Both in the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 

there was a substantially higher than average proportion of full-time Asian/Pacific Islander 

instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions in the engineering program area (19 percent 

compared to 6 percent overall in the fall of 1992 and 14 percent compared to 5 percent overall in 

the fall of 1987). In both years, this group was underrepresented in the education, fine arts, and 

the humanities program areas in 4-year institutions relative to their overall representation among 

instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions. Asian/Pacific Island full-time instructional 

staff represented a higher proportion of instructional faculty in the natural sciences (9 percent) 

than their overall proportion of full-time instructional faculty and staff in the fall of 1992 (6 

percent).17 Black, non-Hispanic, full-time instructional staff were overrepresented in the field of 

education in the fall of 1992, but not in the fall of 1987. Hispanic instructional staff were 

overrepresented in the field of humanities in the fall of 1987, but not in the fall of 1992; and 

finally, white, non-Hispanic, instructional staff were underrepresented in the field of engineering in 

the fall of 1992, but not in the fall of 1987 (table 2.14). 

Citizenship 

The vast majority of full-time instructional faculty and staff at institutions of higher education 

were U.S. citizens in both the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992. There were no changes by type 

and control of institution or program area in the percentage of full-time instructional faculty and 

staff who were citizens between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 (tables 2.15 and 2.16). 

With only one exception, there was no variation in citizenship status by institution type in either 

1987 or 1992. The only exception was the lower than average percentage of full-time 

instructional faculty and staff in private research institutions who were U.S. citizens in the fall of 

1992 (81 percent versus 94 percent overall) (table 2.15). 

Among program areas in 4-year institutions, there was a lower than average percentage of fulltime instructional faculty and staff in engineering programs who were U.S. citizens in both the fall 

of 1987 and the fall of 1992 (86 percent versus 94 percent overall in the fall of 1987, and 84 

percent versus 92 percent overall in the fall of 1992) (table 2.16). 

17In the fall of 1987, the proportion of Asian/Pacific Island full-time instructional staff in 4-year 

institutions in the natural sciences (7 percent) was not statistically different from their overall proportion of fulltime instructional staff (5 percent). 

12
 
Conclusion 

Have instructional faculty and staff employed by American colleges and universities changed 

between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992? The answer to this question is “both yes and no.” 

One of the most striking changes between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 has been the 

significant increase in the percentage of part-time instructional faculty and staff employed by 

higher education institutions in the United States. By the fall of 1992, 42 percent of all 

instructional faculty and staff in the country were employed part time at their institutions. 

Increases in part-time faculty may be one way that colleges and universities attempted to deal with 

diminished resources and increased expenses since part-time faculty tend to be a less expensive 

option for colleges and universities. 

Changes in the distribution of faculty by academic rank or by tenure status are other ways in 

which colleges and universities may potentially cut costs. A change in the academic rank 

distribution of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff did not occur between the 

fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992. In both of these years, there were more full professors (over 30 

percent) than faculty at any other rank and the percentage of faculty who were full professors did 

not decline over this time period. It does not appear, then, that institutions have replaced more 

expensive full-time faculty at higher ranks with lower ranked, less expensive full-time faculty. Or, 

upon further inspection, have they? Despite the overall increase in the number of instructional 

faculty and staff in the country between 1987 and 1992 and a slight aging of the population, there 

was no increase in the percentage of full-time instructional faculty and staff who attained the rank 

of full professor over this time period. The data also show that there was a decline in the 

percentage of instructional faculty and staff who had tenure between 1987 and 1992 (from 58 

percent to 54 percent, respectively) and a corresponding increase in the percentage of faculty who 

were not on a tenure track at their institution during this same time period (from 8 percent to 11 

percent, respectively). 

In addition to these changes in the academic characteristics of instructional faculty and staff, there 

were also moderate changes in the social/demographic characteristics of this group of faculty 

between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992. For instance, there was an increase in the 

percentage of full-time instructional faculty and staff who were females during this time period 

(from 27 percent in the fall of 1987 to 33 percent in the fall of 1992). There was also an increase 

in the percentage of full-time instructional faculty and staff who were black, non-Hispanic (from 3 

percent in the fall of 1987 to 5 percent in the fall of 1992). Full-time instructional faculty and staff 

were predominately white, non-Hispanic (89 percent) and male (75 percent) in the fall of 1987. 

Despite the gains made by blacks, non-Hispanics and females, this was still the case in the fall of 

1992 (86 percent and 70 percent, respectively). 

13
 
Table 2.1—Number and percentage of higher education instructional faculty and staff, by employment status 

and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Instructional 

faculty and staff 

Employment status 

Full-time Part-time 

1992

 All institutions1 904,935 58.4 41.6 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

132,717 

49,423 

73,570 

46,699 

141,533 

75,085 

58,961 

276,292 

50,654 

80.9 

65.1 

71.8 

61.4 

66.8 

51.4 

64.5 

39.8 

51.7 

19.1 

34.9 

28.2 

38.6 

33.3 

48.6 

35.5 

60.2 

48.3 

1987

 All institutions1 769,825 66.9 33.1 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

119,334 

53,120 

67,678 

39,793 

130,341 

60,457 

55,391 

200,663 

43,047 

85.6 

78.3 

83.2 

63.0 

74.5 

60.9 

69.4 

47.9 

50.0 

14.4 

21.7 

16.8 

37.0 

25.5 

39.1 

30.6 

52.1 

50.0 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

14
 
Table 2.2—Number and percentage of higher education instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, 

by employment status and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year Instructional Employment status 

faculty and staff Full-time Part-time 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 604,828 67.1 32.9 

Agriculture/home economics 11,016 88.0 12.0 

Business 45,865 63.0 37.0 

Education 50,860 59.2 40.8 

Engineering 26,775 76.1 23.9 

Fine arts 47,581 56.5 43.5 

Humanities 83,299 64.9 35.1 

Natural sciences 101,995 78.1 21.9 

Social sciences 68,534 70.1 29.9 

All other fields 75,241 58.9 41.1 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 562,843 73.7 26.3 

Agriculture/home economics 12,022 84.0 16.0 

Business 42,304 67.7 32.3 

Education 40,765 78.0 22.0 

Engineering 26,189 79.9 20.1 

Fine arts 48,516 56.9 43.1 

Humanities 81,872 74.2 25.8 

Natural sciences 95,911 78.0 22.0 

Social sciences 57,925 81.7 18.3 

All other fields 46,041 63.1 36.9 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

15
 
Table 2.3—Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff, by academic 

rank and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Academic rank 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Full 

professor 

Associate 

professor 

Assistant 

professor 

Instructor 

or lecturer 

Other ranks/ 

not applicable 

1992

 All institutions1 528,260 30.4 23.4 23.5 16.2 6.4 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

39.8 

33.3 

31.3 

30.5 

34.3 

26.8 

28.7 

19.1 

27.8 

26.4 

22.7 

26.3 

26.8 

26.9 

29.0 

25.3 

12.9 

23.4 

22.7 

27.0 

31.2 

29.1 

26.1 

31.9 

29.9 

11.3 

21.8 

7.8 

11.2 

9.3 

10.9 

11.2 

9.2 

10.8 

40.1 

13.2 

3.4 

5.8 

2.0 

2.7 

1.5 

3.2 

5.4 

16.7 

13.8 

1987

 All institutions1 515,138 32.7 23.5 23.0 13.4 7.5 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

44.3 

37.9 

34.2 

33.2 

36.8 

31.1 

30.4 

15.6 

27.2 

27.8 

25.2 

30.4 

27.7 

26.1 

28.9 

22.2 

9.4 

20.2 

21.8 

29.0 

26.9 

30.2 

23.3 

32.8 

31.2 

11.2 

18.3 

5.9 

5.7 

7.8 

9.0 

12.6 

6.8 

10.6 

33.8 

12.4 

0.2 

2.2 

0.7 

0.0 

1.2 

0.4 

5.7 

29.9 

22.0 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

16
 
Table 2.4—Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by academic rank and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Academic rank 

Program area and year instructional Full Associate Assistant Instructor Other ranks/ 

faculty and staff professor professor professor or lecturer not applicable 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions * 405,783 33.9 26.5 27.0 9.8 2.8 

Agriculture/home economics 9,698 44.6 24.6 21.9 6.6 2.3 

Business 28,895 26.5 30.2 31.2 10.0 2.1 

Education 30,127 26.3 32.5 26.2 11.3 3.7 

Engineering 20,381 39.5 30.4 25.2 4.4 0.6 

Fine arts 26,874 33.3 27.7 23.6 9.9 5.6 

Humanities 54,093 36.1 25.8 21.7 13.4 2.9 

Natural sciences 79,663 41.6 25.0 23.2 7.1 3.1 

Social sciences 48,030 40.2 26.0 26.3 6.1 1.3 

All other fields 44,346 32.1 24.0 28.3 12.1 3.5 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions * 414,832 36.8 26.9 25.7 8.6 2.0 

Agriculture/home economics 10,104 45.9 26.6 19.4 7.8 0.2 

Business 28,630 24.9 24.9 33.0 14.1 3.2 

Education 31,812 32.3 25.5 26.8 12.5 3.0 

Engineering 20,915 45.0 28.2 23.0 3.8 0.0 

Fine arts 27,628 28.6 29.0 28.7 7.7 6.1 

Humanities 60,781 42.5 26.7 20.6 8.5 1.8 

Natural sciences 74,852 43.2 27.6 21.2 6.9 1.1 

Social sciences 47,324 41.7 28.6 25.0 2.9 1.9 

All other fields 29,042 32.0 25.2 29.2 12.5 1.2 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

17
 
Table 2.5—Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff, by tenure status 

and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Tenure status 

Full-time No tenure No tenure 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Tenured 

On tenure 

track 

Not on 

tenure track 

system for 

faculty status 

system at 

institution 

1992

 All institutions1 528,260 54.2 21.5 11.2 4.7 8.4 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

63.4 

49.8 

53.6 

45.6 

60.7 

52.9 

46.0 

52.7 

28.6 

19.7 

22.8 

26.7 

27.1 

24.5 

26.1 

25.4 

15.2 

14.2 

12.1 

17.6 

15.7 

13.9 

11.1 

12.3 

12.6 

6.0 

7.3 

4.5 

9.0 

3.8 

7.6 

3.3 

3.7 

5.1 

4.3 

7.0 

0.3 

0.9 

0.2 

5.8 

0.4 

5.1 

10.9 

21.8 

42.9 

1987

 All institutions1 515,138 58.4 21.0 7.9 3.6 9.1 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

66.9 

52.4 

58.1 

43.7 

65.2 

54.9 

49.4 

59.6 

34.6 

19.2 

29.7 

27.1 

28.1 

22.1 

29.4 

24.5 

9.1 

16.1 

8.5 

13.1 

11.6 

2.1 

8.7 

8.7 

8.2 

4.0 

4.3 

4.6 

3.2 

3.0 

6.6 

2.9 

3.8 

5.3 

2.3 

3.4 

0.7 

1.7 

0.2 

19.6 

1.1 

3.2 

12.7 

25.0 

41.7 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."

 18
 
Table 2.6—Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by tenure status and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Tenure status 

Full-time No tenure No tenure 

Program area and year instructional On tenure Not on system for system at 

faculty and staff Tenured track tenure track faculty status institution 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions * 405,783 55.5 23.5 12.4 4.5 4.1 

Agriculture/home economics 9,698 72.4 19.3 4.1 3.5 0.7 

Business 28,895 51.5 29.9 10.4 3.6 4.5 

Education 30,127 54.9 23.6 14.1 4.7 2.7 

Engineering 20,381 61.8 27.5 6.0 1.4 3.3 

Fine arts 26,874 52.9 22.1 9.7 3.4 11.9 

Humanities 54,093 59.9 18.7 11.6 5.5 4.3 

Natural sciences 79,663 63.7 21.4 9.0 3.1 2.8 

Social sciences 48,030 63.4 23.0 8.5 2.5 2.7 

All other fields 44,346 49.1 25.7 13.6 6.8 4.8 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 414,832 58.5 23.9 8.9 3.9 4.7 

Agriculture/home economics 10,104 75.3 16.8 4.9 2.6 0.4 

Business 28,630 42.9 36.7 11.5 3.6 5.3 

Education 31,812 60.5 18.9 12.5 3.6 4.5 

Engineering 20,915 61.8 29.9 4.5 2.4 1.2 

Fine arts 27,628 56.5 23.0 8.1 4.7 7.7 

Humanities 60,781 68.7 15.8 6.7 4.7 4.1 

Natural sciences 74,852 63.3 23.2 7.2 3.2 3.2 

Social sciences 47,324 67.9 21.9 5.2 1.9 3.1 

All other fields 29,042 53.5 31.2 9.0 3.4 3.0 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."

 19
 
Table 2.7—Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff with a doctoral 

or first professional degree, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Have doctoral or first 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

professional degree 

Yes No 

1992

 All institutions1 528,260 64.8 35.3 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

87.2 

88.5 

82.2 

87.4 

72.1 

68.3 

61.4 

18.7 

50.1 

12.8 

11.5 

17.8 

12.6 

27.9 

31.8 

38.6 

81.3 

50.0 

1987

 All institutions1 515,138 67.4 32.6 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

89.4 

91.6 

82.0 

89.6 

68.8 

72.5 

62.8 

19.5 

56.8 

10.6 

8.5 

18.0 

10.4 

31.2 

27.5 

37.2 

80.5 

43.2 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

20
 
Table 2.8—Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 4-year

 institutions with a doctoral or first professional degree, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Have doctoral or first 

Program area and year instructional professional degree 

faculty and staff Yes No 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 405,783 77.9 22.1 

Agriculture/home economics 9,698 82.6 17.4 

Business 28,895 72.2 27.8 

Education 30,127 77.0 23.0 

Engineering 20,381 86.6 13.4 

Fine arts 26,874 40.7 59.4 

Humanities 54,093 80.1 19.9 

Natural sciences 79,663 88.1 11.9 

Social sciences 48,030 89.5 10.5 

All other fields 44,346 68.1 31.9 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 414,832 78.9 21.1 

Agriculture/home economics 10,104 85.3 14.7 

Business 28,630 67.1 32.9 

Education 31,812 70.4 29.6 

Engineering 20,915 79.8 20.2 

Fine arts 27,628 46.6 53.5 

Humanities 60,781 81.5 18.6 

Natural sciences 74,852 86.9 13.1 

Social sciences 47,324 91.4 8.6 

All other fields 29,042 69.6 30.4 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

21
 
Table 2.9—Average age and age distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by type and control 

of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Average 

age Under 35 35-44 

Age distribution 

45-54 55-64 65-70 71 or older 

1992

 All institutions1 528,260 48.0 8.2 29.7 36.5 21.2 3.7 0.8 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

47.8 

46.4 

47.4 

47.3 

48.6 

48.6 

47.5 

48.2 

48.9 

8.2 

9.6 

9.6 

9.8 

7.5 

8.5 

9.1 

7.0 

7.0 

32.4 

40.3 

31.8 

33.3 

25.6 

26.8 

31.4 

26.6 

27.3 

32.9 

26.7 

34.2 

32.4 

40.3 

35.6 

34.4 

42.7 

36.0 

21.7 

17.5 

19.9 

18.0 

22.7 

24.1 

20.4 

20.6 

23.9 

4.1 

4.8 

3.6 

5.0 

3.6 

4.4 

4.0 

2.5 

4.2 

0.7 

1.1 

0.9 

1.5 

0.4 

0.7 

0.9 

0.7 

1.6 

1987

 All institutions1 515,138 47.0 10.2 31.6 34.1 20.4 3.5 0.2 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

47.2 

45.4 

46.8 

46.5 

47.6 

47.0 

46.8 

47.4 

46.8 

8.8 

13.9 

12.6 

17.4 

10.0 

8.7 

11.3 

7.8 

8.4 

32.1 

38.1 

29.2 

29.2 

28.2 

34.4 

33.2 

30.5 

37.8 

33.4 

27.4 

33.2 

28.4 

36.0 

34.8 

29.3 

39.5 

32.4 

22.6 

17.2 

21.2 

13.7 

22.9 

16.9 

21.9 

19.6 

17.4 

3.0 

3.3 

3.8 

10.7 

2.8 

3.8 

3.9 

2.7 

3.3 

0.1 

0.0 

0.0 

0.6 

0.2 

1.4 

0.4 

0.0 

0.7 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

22
 
Table 2.10—Average age and age distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, 

by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Age distribution 

Program area and year instructional Average 

faculty and staff age Under 35 35-44 45-54 55-64 65-70 71 or older 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 405,783 47.9 8.4 30.6 34.8 21.4 4.0 0.8 

Agriculture/home economics 9,698 49.8 8.0 23.3 34.6 27.8 4.4 1.9 

Business 28,895 47.5 8.5 32.1 34.9 18.5 5.4 0.6 

Education 30,127 49.9 4.0 24.3 40.8 25.8 4.8 0.3 

Engineering 20,381 47.5 12.9 31.9 25.4 24.3 4.8 0.6 

Fine arts 26,874 47.9 7.8 31.2 35.2 21.8 3.7 0.4 

Humanities 54,093 49.3 7.1 23.3 39.4 25.1 4.2 0.9 

Natural sciences 79,663 47.9 8.1 31.8 33.6 21.3 4.3 0.9 

Social sciences 48,030 47.9 8.3 30.7 35.8 20.9 3.7 0.8 

All other fields 44,346 47.6 9.8 30.3 34.5 20.2 4.0 1.2 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 414,832 46.9 10.8 31.8 32.9 20.6 3.7 0.3 

Agriculture/home economics 10,104 46.7 11.8 27.9 39.4 18.1 2.8 0.0 

Business 28,630 45.3 13.4 37.5 28.7 18.6 1.9 0.0 

Education 31,812 48.2 10.4 26.2 32.6 28.0 2.7 0.2 

Engineering 20,915 48.1 12.1 25.1 30.6 29.3 2.5 0.4 

Fine arts 27,628 45.7 13.0 32.8 36.2 14.4 3.1 0.5 

Humanities 60,781 49.2 6.1 25.6 36.7 26.8 4.5 0.4 

Natural sciences 74,852 46.5 9.2 34.4 35.9 17.7 2.6 0.3 

Social sciences 47,324 47.2 8.8 34.7 32.4 19.5 4.2 0.4 

All other fields 29,042 46.4 12.6 34.6 28.0 18.4 6.1 0.3 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

23
 
Table 2.11—Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff, by sex and type 

and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff Male 

Sex 

Female 

1992

 All institutions1 528,260 66.8 33.2 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

76.7 

69.1 

69.9 

76.4 

66.1 

64.9 

61.1 

54.7 

70.5 

23.3 

30.9 

30.1 

23.6 

33.9 

35.2 

38.9 

45.3 

29.5 

1987

 All institutions1 515,138 72.7 27.3 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

79.1 

79.5 

76.5 

76.0 

71.0 

72.8 

71.1 

62.0 

74.3 

20.9 

20.5 

23.5 

24.0 

29.0 

27.2 

28.9 

38.0 

25.7 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

24
 
Table 2.12—Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by sex and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff Male 

Sex 

Female 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 405,783 70.4 29.6 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

9,698 

28,895 

30,127 

20,381 

26,874 

54,093 

79,663 

48,030 

44,346 

77.3 

76.4 

52.7 

94.2 

67.3 

62.2 

83.3 

73.9 

68.4 

22.7 

23.6 

47.3 

5.8 

32.7 

37.8 

16.7 

26.1 

31.7 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 414,832 75.3 24.7 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

10,104 

28,630 

31,812 

20,915 

27,628 

60,781 

74,852 

47,324 

29,042 

68.6 

77.3 

59.0 

96.9 

70.9 

74.1 

84.0 

80.2 

77.0 

31.5 

22.7 

41.0 

3.1 

29.2 

25.9 

16.0 

19.8 

23.1 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

25
 
Table 2.13—Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff, by race/ethnicity 

and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

American 

Race/ethnicity 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Indian/ 

Alaskan 

Native 

Asian/ 

Pacific 

Islander 

Black, 

non-Hispanic Hispanic 

White, 

non-Hispanic 

1992

 All institutions1 528,260 0.5 5.3 5.2 2.6 86.5 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

0.1 

0.2 

0.8 

0.2 

0.5 

0.2 

0.5 

1.0 

0.5 

6.9 

9.0 

6.1 

7.1 

5.1 

3.3 

2.8 

3.3 

5.2 

2.8 

5.0 

3.1 

4.9 

9.1 

3.5 

5.4 

6.2 

3.7 

2.2 

2.1 

2.5 

3.7 

2.6 

1.6 

1.3 

4.1 

1.4 

88.0 

83.7 

87.5 

84.1 

82.7 

91.3 

90.0 

85.5 

89.2 

1987

 All institutions1 515,138 0.9 4.5 3.2 2.1 89.3 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

0.8 

0.0 

1.0 

0.6 

0.8 

1.1 

1.0 

1.2 

0.4 

5.3 

4.0 

5.2 

12.8 

5.7 

4.2 

2.7 

2.0 

0.8 

1.6 

5.8 

1.8 

2.0 

3.5 

1.6 

8.2 

3.4 

2.6 

2.2 

5.0 

0.7 

1.3 

1.8 

1.4 

1.2 

3.0 

1.8 

90.2 

85.2 

91.3 

83.3 

88.2 

91.6 

86.9 

90.4 

94.4 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

26 
Table 2.14—Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by race/ethnicity and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Race/ethnicity 

American 

Full-time Indian/ Asian/ 

instructional Alaskan Pacific Black, White, 

Program area and year faculty and staff Native Islander non-Hispanic Hispanic non-Hispanic 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 405,783 0.4 5.7 4.9 2.3 86.8 

Agriculture/home economics 9,698 0.8 2.7 4.1 1.6 90.8 

Business 28,895 0.6 5.9 3.7 1.4 88.5 

Education 30,127 0.5 1.2 9.2 2.1 87.1 

Engineering 20,381 0.2 19.0 3.0 2.5 75.3 

Fine arts 26,874 0.5 2.6 6.1 2.7 88.2 

Humanities 54,093 0.3 3.4 4.2 3.9 88.3 

Natural sciences 79,663 0.3 9.0 3.6 1.7 85.3 

Social sciences 48,030 0.4 3.2 5.5 2.2 88.6 

All other fields 44,346 0.3 3.4 6.3 1.7 88.4 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 414,832 0.8 5.2 3.2 1.9 89.0 

Agriculture/home economics 10,104 1.7 1.9 1.7 2.3 92.4 

Business 28,630 1.5 8.7 3.7 0.9 85.2 

Education 31,812 1.1 1.2 7.0 2.4 88.3 

Engineering 20,915 0.0 14.2 0.5 1.7 83.6 

Fine arts 27,628 0.6 1.0 4.2 1.4 92.8 

Humanities 60,781 0.8 1.8 2.8 4.0 90.7 

Natural sciences 74,852 0.6 7.2 1.8 1.6 88.8 

Social sciences 47,324 0.5 3.8 4.1 2.0 89.6 

All other fields 29,042 1.3 1.8 4.9 1.2 90.8 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes

 for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

27
 
Table 2.15—Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff, by U.S. citizenship 

status and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Citizen 

Citizenship status 

Non-citizen 

1992

 All institutions1 528,260 93.6 6.4 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

90.6 

81.0 

93.1 

92.4 

94.8 

96.1 

96.0 

98.3 

93.6 

9.4 

19.0 

7.0 

7.6 

5.2 

3.9 

4.0 

1.7 

6.4 

1987

 All institutions1 515,138 95.2 4.8 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

94.3 

90.7 

94.1 

92.8 

96.8 

94.1 

94.2 

97.9 

97.7 

5.7 

9.3 

5.9 

7.2 

3.3 

5.9 

5.8 

2.1 

2.3 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

28
 
Table 2.16—Number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by U.S. citizenship status and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Program area and year instructional Citizenship status 

faculty and staff Citizen Non-citizen 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 405,783 92.5 7.5 

Agriculture/home economics 9,698 97.6 2.4 

Business 28,895 92.4 7.6 

Education 30,127 98.3 1.7 

Engineering 20,381 84.0 16.0 

Fine arts 26,874 97.0 3.0 

Humanities 54,093 93.0 7.0 

Natural sciences 79,663 88.5 11.6 

Social sciences 48,030 92.3 7.7 

All other fields 44,346 95.2 4.9 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 414,832 94.5 5.5 

Agriculture/home economics 10,104 98.0 2.0 

Business 28,630 92.4 7.6 

Education 31,812 98.8 1.2 

Engineering 20,915 85.9 14.2 

Fine arts 27,628 98.1 1.9 

Humanities 60,781 95.1 4.9 

Natural sciences 74,852 91.6 8.4 

Social sciences 47,324 94.5 5.5 

All other fields 29,042 96.7 3.3 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

29
 
 

SECTION 3
 

THE WORK OF FULL-TIME INSTRUCTIONAL FACULTY
 

AND STAFF: FALL, 1987 AND FALL, 1992
 

Introduction 

By definition, instructional faculty and staff, the focus of this report, all have instructional 

responsibilities. Their work lives encompass far more than instruction, however. Instructional 

faculty and staff may conduct research, participate in department or institution-wide committees, 

serve in other administrative capacities, or be involved in public service activities. Colleges and 

universities set policies that dictate certain aspects of a faculty member’s work, such as the 

number of courses they must teach; institutions also set expectations, both formally and 

informally, regarding other aspects of faculty work, such as research and publishing, 

administrative responsibilities, and service. 

Some colleges and universities, in an effort to reduce costs, increased faculty teaching loads in the 

early 1990s.18 Other institutions reported increasing the size of classes, either eliminating courses 

that attracted small numbers of students or merging smaller sections of the same classes.19 These 

actions reduced costs by having existing faculty take on larger teaching loads to accommodate 

more students. 

If institutions changed their policies regarding teaching or other work-related activities in the early 

1990s, changes should be apparent in responses to several of the questions asked of faculty on the 

NSOPF-88 and NSOPF-93 surveys. This section examines issues such as the length of the 

faculty work week, the allocation of time among different activities, classroom workload, research 

productivity, satisfaction with workload, and perception of workload pressures. The analysis in 

this section only includes full-time instructional faculty and staff.20 

The Faculty Work Week 

Although some colleges and universities reported increasing teaching loads, there was no change 

between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 in the overall duration of the work week of full-time 

instructional faculty and staff. Across all types of higher education institutions, the average work 

week for full-time instructional faculty and staff was 52.7 hours in the fall of 1987 and 52.5 hours 

in the fall of 1992 (table 3.1). The average work week for full-time instructional faculty and staff 

at 4-year colleges and universities was 54.0 hours in the fall of 1987 and 54.2 hours in the fall of 

1992 (table 3.2). 

18American Association of State Colleges and Universities, Wise Choices for Tough times (Washington, 

DC: American Association of State Colleges and Universities), 1993. 

19Elaine El-Khawas, Campus Trends, 1991 (Washington, DC: American Council on Education, July 

1991. 20See Appendix A for tables presenting data for part-time instructional faculty and staff. 

31
 
 

There was no change in the average number of hours worked per week for full-time instructional 

faculty and staff between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 in any type of institution (table 3.1). 

Nor did the average work week of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions 

increase for any of the program areas highlighted in this report (table 3.2). 

Allocation of Time 

The overall distribution of how instructional faculty and staff spend their time at work did not 

change between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992. In both years, full-time instructional faculty 

and staff across all types of higher education institutions allocated the majority of their time to 

teaching activities,21 although instructional faculty and staff reported spending a higher percentage 

of their time on teaching activities in the fall of 1987 than in the fall of 1992 (57 and 54 percent in 

the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992, respectively). Research22 was the activity to which faculty 

allocated the second largest percentage of time (17 and 18 percent in the fall of 1987 and the fall 

of 1992, respectively). The remainder of faculty time was allocated to administrative or “other 

activities”23 in the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992. 

Although, there was no change by institutional type between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 

in how full-time instructional faculty and staff allocated their time to various work activities, this 

allocation varied considerably across different types of academic institutions. At private research 

universities, full-time instructional faculty and staff reported allocating approximately 35 percent 

of their time to teaching in the fall of 1992; at public 2-year colleges, the average percentage of 

time spent in teaching was 69 percent. In addition, full-time instructional faculty and staff at 

private research universities reported spending an average of 35 percent of their time in research 

in the fall of 1992, while full-time instructional faculty and staff at public 2-year colleges spent an 

average of 5 percent of their time in this activity. These differences reflect the very different 

missions of these two types of institutions (table 3.3). 

In the program areas of business, education, and engineering, there was a decrease between the 

fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 in the percentage of time full-time instructional faculty and staff 

allocated to teaching activities in 4-year institutions (table 3.4). 

21Teaching activities included teaching, grading papers, preparing courses; developing new curricula; 

advising or supervising students; and working with student organizations or intramural athletics. 22Research activities included research; reviewing or preparing articles or books; attending or preparing 

for professional meetings or conferences; reviewing proposals; seeking outside funding; and giving performances 

or exhibitions in the fine or applied arts, or giving speeches. 23Other activities included professional growth (including taking courses, pursuing an advanced degree; 

other professional development activities, such as practice or activities to remain current in your field), outside 

consulting or freelance work, and service/other non-teaching activities (including providing legal or medical 

services or psychological counseling to clients or patients; paid or unpaid community or public service, service to 

professional societies/associations; and other activities or work not listed in any of the other activities). 

32
 
 

Instructional Workload 

The instructional workload of full-time instructional faculty and staff increased between the fall of 

1987 and the fall of 1992, however. One measure of instructional workload is student contact 

hours, which is defined as the product of total classroom hours per week and total number of 

students enrolled in a class. Student contact hours increased from 300 in the fall of 1987 to 337 

in the fall of 1992. The mean number of classroom hours also increased from 9.8 hours in the fall 

of 1987 to 11.0 hours in the fall of 1992 (table 3.5). The overall increase in classroom workload 

could have implications for the instructional costs incurred by higher education institutions. An 

increased workload (especially if it is not accompanied by an increase in faculty salaries to 

accommodate the additional work) is one way for institutions to lessen the impact of any revenue 

shortfalls they may experience. 

The mean increase in the number of classroom hours between 1987 and 1992 (table 3.5) suggests 

that the decrease seen in teaching activities over this same time period (table 3.3) may have 

occurred because full-time faculty were spending less time on grading papers, preparing for 

courses, developing new curricula, advising or supervising students, and/or working with student 

organizations or intramural athletics in 1992 than in 1987. 

There were no differences between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 in the average number of 

contact hours full-time instructional faculty and staff spent with students at any particular type of 

institution included in this report (table 3.5).24 

Full-time instructional faculty and staff at public doctoral and public 2-year institutions did 

experience increases in the average number of hours spent teaching in the classroom between the 

fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992. For faculty at public doctoral institutions, average number of 

classroom hours increased from 8.1 in the fall of 1987 to 9.7 in the fall of 1992; likewise, for 

faculty at public 2-year institutions, classroom hours increased from 15.1 to 16.3 over this same 

time period (table 3.5). 

The average number of student contact hours for full-time instructional faculty and staff teaching 

at 4-year colleges and universities increased from 272 in 1987 to 303 in 1992; the average number 

of hours full-time instructional faculty and staff spent in the classroom also increased from 1987 

to 1992 (8.5 to 9.4, respectively) (table 3.6). However, there were no increases in student 

contact hours and classroom hours for specific program areas between the fall of 1987 and the fall 

of 1992. 

24Although it may appear that there was an increase in contact hours for full-time instructional faculty and 

staff at public doctoral institutions between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992, this difference is not statistically 

significant. See standard error tables in Appendix C and the technical notes in Appendix B regarding the accuracy 

of the estimates. 

33
 
Research Productivity 

Research productivity, as measured by the number of publications and presentations produced in 

the last two years, remained about the same for full-time instructional faculty and staff between 

the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 (table 3.7). The notable exception is the slight decline over 

this time period in the average number of works published in non-refereed journals. The average 

number of reviews and articles and creative works published in nonrefereed journals or nonjuried 

media decreased from 1.8 in the two years before the fall of 1987 to 1.4 in the two years before 

the fall of 1992 (table 3.7). Changes in the instructional workload of full-time instructional faculty 

and staff may partially explain this trend toward decreased research activity. Although the 

average number of hours worked per week for full-time instructional faculty and staff did not 

change between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992 (see table 3.1), there were changes in 

classroom workload during this time period (see tables 3.5 and 3.6). While it may be logical to 

assume that this increased classroom focus may result in less time for research activities, this 

phenomenon is not supported by table 3.3, which shows no change overall in the percentage of 

time spent in research activities from the fall of 1987 to the fall of 1992. 

In general, there was little change over time in the average number of publications, presentations, 

and patents/copyrights of full-time instructional faculty and staff at the various types of 

institutions. Two exceptions were an increase from the fall of 1987 to the fall of 1992 in the 

average number of presentations and exhibits of full-time instructional faculty and staff at private 

research institutions during the previous 2 years (from 4.1 to 6.5), and a decrease from the fall of 

1987 to the fall of 1992 in the average number of reviews and articles published in the recent past 

in nonrefereed journals by full-time instructional faculty and staff at public 2-year institutions 

(from 1.2 to .5) (table 3.7). 

Full-time instructional faculty and staff in public and private research institutions published an 

average of 3.8 and 4.5 articles and creative works, respectively, in refereed journals in the two 

years preceding the fall of 1992; this research productivity was more than that of faculty at any 

other type of institution. At the other extreme, full-time instructional faculty and staff at public 2­

year colleges published only 0.2 articles and creative works in refereed journals in the two years 

preceding the fall of 1992, and 0.4 such works in the earlier time period. 

Across program areas in 4-year institutions, the number of publications, presentations, and 

patents/copyrights highlighted in this report was relatively stable between the fall of 1987 and the 

fall of 1992, except for a decline in the number of reviews and non-refereed articles and nonjuried creative works published by full-time instructional faculty and staff in the humanities: the 

average number of these publications decreased from 2.7 in the two years preceding the fall of 

1987 to 1.8 in the two years preceding the fall of 1992 (table 3.8). 

Satisfaction with Workload 

The satisfaction of faculty with their workload is one way to gauge the impact of work-related 

changes on faculty. Full-time instructional faculty and staff were somewhat more satisfied with 

their workload in the fall of 1987 than in the fall of 1992. In the fall of 1987, 35 percent of full34
 
 

 

time instructional faculty and staff were very satisfied with their workload, 38 percent were 

somewhat satisfied, and only 27 percent were dissatisfied. (Responses of very dissatisfied and 

somewhat dissatisfied have been combined and reported as “dissatisfied” in this report). In the 

fall of 1992, 28 percent were very satisfied with their workload, 40 percent were somewhat 

satisfied, and 32 percent were dissatisfied. Thus the number reporting that they were “very 

satisfied” decreased by 7 percentage points, and the number dissatisfied increased by 5 percentage 

points. It is still the case that a majority (68 percent) of full-time instructional faculty and staff 

were somewhat or very satisfied with their workload in the fall of 1992 (table 3.9). Decreases in 

the satisfaction of full-time instructional faculty and staff with their workload would not be 

altogether unexpected, given the increases in their classroom workload described previously. 

There was a decline in the percentage of full-time instructional faculty and staff at both public and 

private research institutions who were very satisfied with their workload between the fall of 1987 

and the fall of 1992. For example, 44 percent of full-time instructional faculty and staff at private 

research institutions reported that they were very satisfied with their workload in the fall of 1987; 

however, by the fall of 1992, only 31 percent indicated that they were very satisfied with their 

workload at private research institutions (table 3.9). 

Satisfaction levels with the workload of full-time instructional faculty and staff at 4-year 

institutions decreased between the fall of 1987 and the fall of 1992, although declines were not 

realized for any specific program area in 4-year institutions (table 3.10). 

Pressure to Increase Workload 

Additional information pertaining to faculty perceptions of their workload is available in response 

to a new question added to the NSOPF-93 faculty survey. One-half (51 percent) of full-time 

instructional faculty and staff indicated that the pressure to increase their workload had worsened 

in recent years at their institution, 34 percent believed it had stayed the same, and only 8 percent 

believed it had improved (table 3.11).25 

Full-time instructional faculty and staff at publicly controlled research and doctoral institutions 

were much more likely to state that pressure to increase their workload had worsened in previous 

years rather than remained the same or improved when compared to instructional staff at privately 

controlled research and doctoral institutions. The opinion that workload pressure had increased 

was voiced by 62 percent of full-time instructional faculty and staff at public research institutions 

and 60 percent at public doctoral institutions. In contrast, 46 and 41 percent of full-time 

instructional faculty and staff at privately controlled research and doctoral institutions, 

respectively, reported that pressure to increase their workload had worsened in previous years 

(table 3.11). These public/private differences could reflect changing state and institutional 

policies in the public sector to increase faculty teaching loads as a cost cutting measure. 

Among program areas in 4-year institutions, the proportion of full-time instructional faculty and 

staff believing that work pressures have worsened in recent years averaged about 52 percent. The 

25Six percent of full-time instructional faculty and staff did not indicate whether or not pressure to 

increase workload had improved, worsened, or stayed the same. 

35
 
proportion that believed work pressures have stayed the same averaged about one-third. Finally, 

the proportion of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions that believed 

pressure to increase workload had improved was about 9 percent across the various program 

areas (table 3.12). 

Conclusion 

Full-time instructional faculty and staff were less satisfied with their workload in the fall of 1992 

than they were in the fall of 1987. Additionally, about one-half of the full-time instructional 

faculty and staff in the fall of 1992 stated that the pressure to increase workload had increased in 

recent years. While there is no evidence of an increase in the mean number of hours worked per 

week, there is evidence of an increase in classroom workload: there was an increase both in 

student contact hours and the mean number of classroom hours. 

Although the percentage of time full-time instructional faculty and staff spent on teaching 

activities declined between 1987 and 1992, the reader is reminded that teaching activities include 

much more than time spent teaching in the classroom, which increased between the fall of 1987 

and the fall of 1992. Teaching activities also includes time spent grading papers, preparing for 

classes, developing new curricula, advising or supervising students, and working with student 

organizations or intramural athletics. And it is more than likely that full-time instructional faculty 

were spending less time on one or more of these teaching activities in the fall of 1992 than the fall 

of 1987. 

There was, moreover, a slight decline in the average number of reviews and articles published in 

nonrefereed journals by full-time instructional staff. However, productivity as measured by other 

types of publications and presentations remained about the same for full-time instructional faculty 

and staff between 1987 and 1992. 

36
 
Table 3.1—Mean number of hours worked by full-time instructional faculty and staff, by type and control 

of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean hours worked 

per week 

1992

 All institutions1 528,260 52.5 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

56.4 

57.6 

55.1 

53.4 

52.4 

51.9 

52.5 

46.9 

49.0 

1987

 All institutions1 515,138 52.7 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

56.8 

56.1 

54.7 

52.2 

52.7 

51.2 

52.5 

46.9 

51.9 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

37
 
Table 3.2—Mean number of hours worked by full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by 

program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Full-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean hours worked 

per week 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 405,783 54.2 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

9,698 

28,895 

30,127 

20,381 

26,874 

54,093 

79,663 

48,030 

44,346 

56.5 

52.7 

52.5 

56.7 

51.5 

52.0 

55.2 

54.2 

53.8 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 414,832 54.0 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

10,104 

28,630 

31,812 

20,915 

27,628 

60,781 

74,852 

47,324 

29,042 

55.4 

52.7 

51.4 

55.0 

52.9 

53.2 

54.0 

53.5 

52.7 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

38
 
Table 3.3—Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by time allocation and type and 

control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff Teaching 

activities 

Percentage of time spent 

Research Administrative 

activities activities 

Other 

activities 

1992

 All institutions1 528,260 54.4 17.6 13.1 14.7 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

40.4 

34.6 

46.8 

44.5 

60.2 

59.5 

63.5 

68.7 

60.8 

31.5 

35.3 

23.8 

21.7 

14.0 

11.8 

9.6 

4.5 

10.7 

12.9 

12.8 

13.2 

15.7 

12.0 

14.6 

14.7 

12.0 

14.9 

15.2 

16.8 

16.1 

18.1 

13.7 

13.8 

11.8 

14.6 

13.5 

1987

 All institutions1 515,138 57.1 17.3 13.2 12.5 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

43.6 

42.1 

47.8 

41.1 

63.5 

63.7 

66.8 

73.3 

63.6 

30.1 

30.6 

22.8 

26.4 

12.3 

11.2 

10.5 

4.2 

8.8 

13.9 

13.2 

14.7 

12.8 

12.8 

14.2 

13.8 

10.9 

15.2 

12.3 

14.2 

14.7 

19.6 

11.4 

11.0 

9.0 

11.6 

12.5 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

39
 
Table 3.4—Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by time 

allocation and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

instructional Percentage of time spent 

Program area and year faculty and staff Teaching Research Administrative Other 

activities activities activities activities 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 405,783 50.8 21.1 13.2 14.7 

Agriculture/home economics 9,698 42.1 30.7 13.0 14.2 

Business 28,895 54.1 17.9 12.1 15.7 

Education 30,127 53.8 13.1 16.5 16.2 

Engineering 20,381 48.5 28.1 11.2 12.0 

Fine arts 26,874 56.5 15.4 12.3 15.6 

Humanities 54,093 59.7 17.8 13.1 9.1 

Natural sciences 79,663 50.0 29.1 11.1 9.7 

Social sciences 48,030 50.5 23.6 13.4 12.2 

All other fields 44,346 52.9 16.1 15.6 15.2 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 414,832 53.2 20.4 13.7 12.6 

Agriculture/home economics 10,104 50.4 27.6 13.4 8.7 

Business 28,630 60.3 16.0 11.5 12.2 

Education 31,812 61.5 11.2 16.2 11.1 

Engineering 20,915 56.2 22.4 12.3 9.1 

Fine arts 27,628 55.2 19.3 11.9 13.6 

Humanities 60,781 62.2 16.9 14.5 6.5 

Natural sciences 74,852 53.8 26.7 12.3 7.2 

Social sciences 47,324 54.3 22.1 14.0 9.7 

All other fields 29,042 59.8 14.1 14.2 11.9 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

40
 
Table 3.5—Mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours of full-time instructional faculty and 

staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean classroom 

hours 

Mean student 

contact hours1 

1992

 All institutions2 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

1987

 All institutions2 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

528,260 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

515,138 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

11.0 

6.9 

7.1 

9.7 

8.3 

10.9 

10.6 

11.0 

16.3 

12.9 

9.8 

6.7 

5.9 

8.1 

6.7 

10.4 

10.8 

10.5 

15.1 

10.8 

337.4 

281.3 

231.7 

337.1 

395.6 

337.0 

273.6 

242.4 

457.3 

321.4 

300.4 

263.5 

225.5 

285.9 

200.1 

316.7 

276.1 

234.5 

420.8 

322.6 

1 Number of hours per week spent teaching classes, multiplied by the number of students in those classes. 

2

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

3

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

4

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

41
 
Table 3.6—Mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours of full-time instructional faculty and 

staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Full-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean classroom 

hours 

Mean student 

contact hours1 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

405,783 

9,698 

28,895 

30,127 

20,381 

26,874 

54,093 

79,663 

48,030 

44,346 

414,832 

10,104 

28,630 

31,812 

20,915 

27,628 

60,781 

74,852 

47,324 

29,042 

9.4 

8.5 

9.4 

10.0 

7.7 

11.9 

9.6 

8.5 

8.6 

9.7 

8.5 

7.1 

9.0 

9.1 

7.8 

11.1 

9.3 

7.9 

8.0 

9.4 

303.4 

229.2 

299.5 

270.4 

223.3 

252.2 

257.7 

338.7 

309.2 

281.5 

272.3 

226.9 

300.6 

227.5 

249.5 

245.1 

248.6 

311.9 

301.1 

267.0 

1 Number of hours per week spent teaching classes, multiplied by the number of students in those classes. 

2 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

42
 
Table 3.7—Mean number of publications and presentations in the past two years by full-time instructional faculty 

and staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Refereed or 

juried 

publications 

Reviews and 

non-refereed 

publications 

Books and 

book 

chapters 

Monographs 

and technical 

reports 

Presentations Patents, 

and copyrights, 

exhibits and software 

1992

 All institutions1 528,260 1.9 1.4 0.5 0.9 4.4 0.1 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

3.8 

4.5 

2.9 

2.3 

1.2 

0.9 

0.9 

0.2 

0.8 

2.0 

2.1 

1.6 

1.6 

1.5 

1.1 

1.3 

0.5 

1.4 

0.9 

1.2 

0.7 

0.7 

0.4 

0.4 

0.3 

0.1 

0.3 

1.5 

1.3 

1.2 

0.9 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.7 

6.3 

6.5 

5.9 

4.1 

4.3 

3.9 

3.8 

1.8 

3.8 

0.2 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

1987

 All institutions1 515,138 2.1 1.8 0.6 1.0 4.4 0.3 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

4.1 

4.3 

2.9 

3.8 

1.2 

1.1 

0.9 

0.4 

1.0 

2.0 

1.9 

2.1 

1.6 

2.0 

1.7 

1.6 

1.2 

1.6 

1.0 

1.3 

0.7 

1.0 

0.4 

0.3 

0.3 

0.2 

0.4 

1.6 

0.7 

1.1 

0.7 

1.1 

1.0 

0.5 

0.6 

0.9 

5.8 

4.1 

5.1 

6.4 

4.8 

4.1 

3.2 

2.6 

4.2 

0.2 

0.4 

0.2 

0.1 

0.3 

0.2 

0.2 

0.4 

0.1 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and whose
 

accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

43
 
Table 3.8—Mean number of publications and presentations in the past two years by full-time instructional faculty 

and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Refereed or 

juried 

publications 

Reviews and 

non-refereed 

publications 

Books and 

book 

chapters 

Monographs 

and technical 

reports 

Presentations 

and 

exhibits 

Patents, 

copyrights, 

and software 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions* 405,783 2.4 1.6 0.6 1.1 5.1 0.2 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

9,698 

28,895 

30,127 

20,381 

26,874 

54,093 

79,663 

48,030 

44,346 

3.8 

1.9 

1.3 

3.7 

0.9 

1.4 

3.7 

1.9 

1.2 

5.0 

1.3 

1.7 

1.9 

1.5 

1.8 

1.1 

1.8 

2.1 

0.6 

0.5 

0.5 

0.5 

0.3 

0.8 

0.5 

0.9 

0.6 

2.7 

1.3 

1.2 

2.8 

0.3 

0.4 

1.1 

1.2 

1.2 

7.0 

2.9 

5.8 

5.3 

18.3 

3.1 

3.5 

4.1 

3.8 

0.2 

0.2 

0.1 

0.4 

0.2 

0.1 

0.2 

0.1 

0.1 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions* 414,832 2.5 1.9 0.7 1.1 4.9 0.2 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

10,104 

28,630 

31,812 

20,915 

27,628 

60,781 

74,852 

47,324 

29,042 

3.1 

1.4 

1.5 

2.7 

0.9 

1.6 

3.3 

2.2 

1.2 

3.1 

1.1 

2.0 

1.7 

1.6 

2.7 

1.2 

2.0 

3.1 

0.5 

0.4 

0.5 

0.5 

0.2 

0.8 

0.5 

1.0 

0.4 

1.6 

0.9 

1.0 

2.1 

0.3 

0.3 

1.6 

1.0 

1.4 

4.7 

2.0 

5.1 

3.2 

15.9 

3.2 

3.0 

3.4 

4.0 

0.3 

0.2 

0.2 

0.7 

0.3 

0.1 

0.4 

0.1 

0.1 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

44
 
Table 3.9—Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by satisfaction with work load 

and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Satisfaction with work load 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Dissatisfied1 

Somewhat 

satisfied 

Very 

satisfied 

1992

 All institutions2 528,260 31.6 40.4 28.0 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

28.3 

26.4 

32.7 

28.5 

37.5 

34.6 

35.8 

29.6 

29.3 

42.2 

42.5 

39.2 

41.2 

39.0 

39.1 

41.7 

40.0 

39.3 

29.5 

31.1 

28.1 

30.3 

23.5 

26.4 

22.6 

30.3 

31.5 

1987

 All institutions2 515,138 27.1 38.0 34.9 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

23.3 

21.9 

28.3 

23.2 

34.6 

32.7 

35.0 

21.4 

24.1 

39.2 

34.4 

39.0 

35.6 

35.8 

36.5 

38.3 

41.7 

35.7 

37.5 

43.8 

32.7 

41.2 

29.6 

30.9 

26.7 

36.8 

40.2 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied." 

2

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

3

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

4

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

45
 
Table 3.10—Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by satisfaction 

with work load and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Satisfaction with work load 

Program area and year instructional Somewhat Very 

faculty and staff Dissatisfied1 satisfied satisfied 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 405,783 32.2 40.7 27.1 

Agriculture/home economics 9,698 35.5 37.9 26.6 

Business 28,895 24.2 42.2 33.7 

Education 30,127 30.9 40.9 28.1 

Engineering 20,381 34.6 38.5 26.9 

Fine arts 26,874 38.7 38.4 22.9 

Humanities 54,093 36.6 36.8 26.6 

Natural sciences 79,663 28.5 41.8 29.6 

Social sciences 48,030 31.9 42.3 25.9 

All other fields 44,346 32.5 40.3 27.2 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 414,832 28.6 37.2 34.3 

Agriculture/home economics 10,104 27.0 36.8 36.2 

Business 28,630 22.4 36.7 40.9 

Education 31,812 29.1 36.9 34.0 

Engineering 20,915 29.1 40.1 30.8 

Fine arts 27,628 33.9 34.0 32.1 

Humanities 60,781 34.0 35.3 30.7 

Natural sciences 74,852 26.8 38.6 34.7 

Social sciences 47,324 33.5 35.5 31.0 

29,042 26.2 37.3 36.5 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied." 

2

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

46
 
Table 3.11—Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by perception of pressure to increase 

work load in recent years and type and control of institution: Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Worsened 

Stayed the 

same Improved 

Don't 

know 

1992

 All institutions1 528,260 51.2 34.4 8.3 6.1 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

61.9 

45.6 

60.1 

40.8 

53.6 

36.4 

40.2 

49.3 

45.1 

25.3 

41.2 

27.2 

42.0 

32.6 

44.3 

39.7 

38.6 

36.8 

7.2 

5.5 

6.9 

10.1 

8.4 

12.8 

13.4 

6.4 

10.2 

5.5 

7.7 

5.8 

7.2 

5.4 

6.5 

6.8 

5.8 

7.9 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools. 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

47
 
Table 3.12—Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by 

perception of pressure to increase work load in recent years and program area: Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Program area and year instructional Stayed the Don't 

faculty and staff Worsened same Improved know 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 405,783 52.0 33.2 8.9 6.0 

Agriculture/home economics 9,698 57.5 26.2 13.0 3.4 

Business 28,895 47.7 36.5 9.9 5.9 

Education 30,127 50.8 32.0 11.3 5.9 

Engineering 20,381 53.1 33.5 8.6 4.9 

Fine arts 26,874 49.0 33.7 10.0 7.3 

Humanities 54,093 50.4 34.1 10.0 5.5 

Natural sciences 79,663 50.6 36.9 7.5 5.1 

Social sciences 48,030 52.8 33.1 8.5 5.6 

All other fields 44,346 48.2 32.9 10.0 8.9 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, "1993 National Study 

of Postsecondary Faculty." 

48
 
SECTION 4
 

MONETARY COMPENSATION OF FULL-TIME INSTRUCTIONAL
 

FACULTY AND STAFF: FALL, 1987 AND FALL, 1992
 

This section provides information on the monetary compensation received by full-time, higher 

education instructional faculty and staff in 1987 and 1992. Higher education is a labor intensive 

industry and faculty salaries comprise a major portion of the academic expenditures of these 

institutions. Holding down the salaries of faculty is one of the more direct ways that colleges and 

universities can reduce their costs. 

If institutions made an effort to hold down faculty salaries between 1987 and 1992, it will be 

evident from the data presented in this section. It will also be possible to explore the extent to 

which faculty augment the basic salaries they receive from the institution with other sources of 

income, such as consulting or other outside income. Increases in these types of income may 

suggest that basic salaries have not increased sufficiently to meet their needs. 

The text and tables in this section examine income of full-time instructional faculty and staff from 

four different sources: 

• Basic salary from the institution; 

• Other income from the institution, (including income for additional teaching activities, 

e.g., for summer session; supplements not included in basic salary, for administration, 

research, coaching sports, etc.; the estimated value of nonmonetary compensation, 

e.g., food, housing, car; and any other income from the institution); 

• Outside consulting income (including income from consulting work, a consulting 

business or freelance work); and 

• Other outside income (including employment at another academic institution; legal or 

medical services or psychological counseling; self-owned business, other than 

consulting; professional performances or exhibitions; speaking fees and honoraria; 

royalties or commissions; non-monetary compensation; and any other employment). 

The first set of tables show how total earned income and each of the four components of income 

vary across different types of institutions and program areas, and how compensation levels have 

changed between 1987 and 1992. Specific sources of income are then examined by type of 

institution and program area. Finally, several tables highlight the satisfaction of full-time 

instructional faculty and staff with their salary and benefits. 

49
 
 

In order to examine changes in compensation that go beyond those caused by price inflation, all 

compensation data from 1987 were adjusted to 1992 levels using the Consumer Price Index for 

All Urban Consumers (CPI-U).26 

Overall Monetary Compensation 

The total earned income of full-time instructional faculty and staff kept pace with inflation 

between 1987 and 1992. In both years, faculty earned, on average, about $60,000 (in 1992 

dollars) from all sources (table 4.1). All types of income remained relatively stable between these 

two years. The basic salary from the institution averaged about $48,500, other income from the 

institution averaged about $4,300, outside consulting income equaled about $2,100 and other 

outside income averaged about $5,500 in both periods. 

The basic salary of full-time instructional faculty and staff averaged four-fifths of total earned 

income, and earnings from each of the three remaining sources (other income from the institution, 

outside consulting income and other outside income) averaged between 3 and 9 percent of total 

earned income. There were no significant changes among the various types of institutions 

included in the two surveys. 

Changes in total earned income and its component parts did not vary by program area in 4-year 

institutions from 1987 to 1992. The one exception was an increase in outside income from 

sources other than consulting for full-time instructional faculty and staff in the humanities (from 

$1,700 in 1987 to $4,000 in 1992). Otherwise, income levels in 1992 were comparable to income 

levels in 1987 for full-time instructional faculty and staff in each of the program areas identified in 

this report (table 4.2). 

Compensation by Source of Income 

The percentages of faculty who reported that they received income from sources other than basic 

salary remained similar for other income from the institution and other outside income. About 

one-half of all instructional faculty and staff in both 1987 and 1992 indicated that they earned 

income from their institution other than their basic salary; this averaged about $8,300 in both 

years (table 4.3). The percentages of faculty who reported receiving other outside income was 

also stable at 44 percent. However, the percentages of faculty who indicated that they earned 

consulting income decreased from 26 percent to 23 percent (The change in the mean income from 

this source was not statistically significant). 

Between 1987 and 1992, the percentage of full-time instructional faculty and staff who earned 

various types of income remained essentially the same across all types of institutions and program 

areas. During this time period, average earnings from various sources also remained essentially 

the same. The exceptions were an increase in the amount of consulting income earned by fulltime instructional staff employed at public 2-year institutions (from about $3,500 in 1987 to 

$7,400 in 1992) and an increase in other outside income earned by full-time instructional faculty 

26Between 1987 and 1992, the CPI-U increased by 23.5 percent, reflecting an annual inflation rate of 4.3 

percent. 

50
 
 

and staff in public comprehensive universities (from $7,600 in 1987 to $12,800 in 1992) (table 

4.3). 

With the exception of a decline in the percentage of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 

“other” fields, there were no significant differences by program area in the percentages of faculty 

receiving income from sources outside their salaries between 1987 and 1992 (table 4.4). 

Satisfaction with Salary and Benefits 

Overall dissatisfaction with salaries increased somewhat between 1987 and 1992; in 1987, 42 

percent of full-time instructional faculty and staff were dissatisfied with their salaries, while in 

27 

1992, 45 percent indicated that they were dissatisfied (table 4.5). 

Despite what appear to be differences in satisfaction with salary across types of institutions in 

1987 and in 1992, no statistically significant differences emerged. As noted in our discussion of 

tenure differences across these two time periods (see discussion in section 2), differences that are 

statistically significant across all faculty do not necessarily translate into significant differences 

across specific types of institutions or program areas. 

Dissatisfaction with salary increased significantly for full-time faculty in the humanities in 4-year 

institutions, from 43 percent who were dissatisfied in 1987 to 52 percent in 1992 (table 4.6). 

Overall satisfaction with benefits remained about the same between 1987 and 1992; in both years 

about three-quarters of full-time instructional faculty and staff indicated that they were satisfied 

with their benefits at their institutions (table 4.7). There were no differences across types of 

institutions in these two years, while the percentage of humanities faculty in 4-year institutions 

who were dissatisfied with their benefits increased from 24 to 30 percent over these two time 

periods (table 4.8). 

Conclusion 

There were relatively few changes in the monetary compensation of full-time instructional faculty 

and staff between 1987 and 1992, indicating that faculty salaries, on average, kept pace with, but 

did not exceed, inflation. Total earned income in both years was close to $60,000, of which about 

80 percent was from basic salaries. The lack of an increase in salaries suggests that colleges and 

universities may be looking to faculty compensation as a way to manage costs. Any specific 

actions being taken by colleges and universities to hold faculty salaries constant cannot be 

ascertained from these data, however. 

About one-half of the full-time instructional faculty and staff in both 1987 and 1992 earned 

income from their institution in addition to their basic salary, about one-quarter had some 

consulting income, and about 44 percent had other outside income. With few exceptions, full27The “satisfied” response is the sum of those who responded “somewhat satisfied” or “very satisfied.” 

The “dissatisfied” response is the sum of those who responded “somewhat dissatisfied” or “very dissatisfied.” 

51
 
time instructional faculty and staff have not increased their incomes from sources other than their 

basic salaries. 

Finally, there was a decrease in the reported satisfaction levels of full-time instructional faculty 

and staff with their salaries between 1987 and 1992. This corresponds with a lack of a true 

increase in faculty earnings discussed previously. 

52
 
Table 4.1—Mean income of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by source of income and type and control 

of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Total 

earned 

income 

Source of income 

Basic salary Other income Outside 

from from consulting 

institution institution income 

Other 

outside 

income 

1992

 All institutions1 528,260 60,613 48,411 4,327 2,143 5,731 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

73,928 

86,504 

64,845 

74,527 

54,429 

55,499 

44,979 

48,982 

51,855 

59,504 

65,031 

52,823 

58,826 

43,393 

43,592 

37,555 

39,276 

41,551 

5,039 

7,640 

4,663 

3,860 

3,930 

3,978 

2,423 

3,878 

3,780 

2,710 

4,906 

2,009 

2,250 

1,707 

3,022 

1,808 

1,130 

1,600 

6,675 

8,928 

5,349 

9,591 

5,399 

4,908 

3,193 

4,697 

4,925 

1987

 All institutions1,4 515,138 60,339 48,565 4,351 2,066 5,356 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

70,942 

90,323 

68,696 

76,140 

53,521 

51,886 

40,483 

47,707 

49,097 

58,339 

63,912 

54,234 

57,433 

45,515 

39,715 

35,597 

39,999 

37,842 

5,278 

11,518 

4,530 

2,424 

3,050 

3,057 

1,858 

3,685 

3,393 

2,881 

4,563 

1,938 

3,990 

1,805 

1,927 

857 

606 

1,581 

4,444 

10,330 

7,995 

12,292 

3,151 

7,187 

2,170 

3,417 

6,281 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools. 

3 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical. 

4 The Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) was used to adjust 1987 dollars to constant 1992 

dollars. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

53 
Table 4.2—Mean income of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by source of income 

and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Total 

earned 

income 

Source of income 

Basic salary Other income 

from from 

institution institution 

Outside 

consulting 

income 

Other 

outside 

income 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions1 405,783 64,288 51,253 4,520 2,456 6,059 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

9,698 

28,895 

30,127 

20,381 

26,874 

54,093 

79,663 

48,030 

44,346 

62,439 

70,286 

52,794 

75,363 

51,633 

48,721 

61,345 

60,402 

60,014 

53,181 

52,235 

42,592 

58,938 

41,293 

41,277 

51,267 

47,594 

47,252 

2,138 

5,378 

4,265 

7,430 

2,314 

2,811 

3,905 

4,598 

3,900 

3,568 

5,004 

1,618 

4,714 

2,519 

620 

1,877 

3,572 

2,571 

3,552 

7,669 

4,319 

4,281 

5,507 

4,013 

4,296 

4,638 

6,291 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions1,2 414,832 63,485 50,758 4,514 2,418 5,795 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

10,104 

28,630 

31,812 

20,915 

27,628 

60,781 

74,852 

47,324 

29,042 

54,757 

64,133 

48,725 

70,397 

44,390 

47,222 

59,568 

59,976 

57,663 

51,271 

47,830 

40,489 

56,435 

37,596 

42,462 

50,154 

47,441 

46,061 

1,358 

5,901 

4,130 

5,402 

1,990 

2,470 

4,280 

3,594 

4,230 

818 

6,696 

1,295 

4,684 

1,282 

565 

1,928 

2,628 

2,695 

1,310 

3,707 

2,812 

3,875 

3,523 

1,726 

3,206 

6,314 

4,676 

1

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

2 The Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) was used to adjust 1987 dollars to constant 1992 dollars. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

54
 
Table 4.3—Income for full-time instructional faculty and staff with income beyond basic salary from institution, 

by source of income and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Other income from institution 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Consulting income 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Other outside income 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

1992

 All institutions2 272,948 51.7 8,375 122,967 23.3 9,207 234,616 44.4 12,905 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

46,625 

13,814 

25,587 

12,918 

50,920 

22,862 

20,970 

65,751 

13,502 

43.4 

43.0 

48.5 

45.0 

53.9 

59.3 

55.1 

59.8 

51.5 

11,603 

17,788 

9,623 

8,571 

7,292 

6,709 

4,397 

6,486 

7,334 

31,456 

9,800 

13,028 

6,672 

23,739 

9,128 

6,891 

16,871 

5,382 

29.3 

30.5 

24.7 

23.3 

25.1 

23.7 

18.1 

15.3 

20.5 

9,250 

16,101 

8,145 

9,673 

6,794 

12,764 

9,983 

7,367 

7,789 

53,144 

16,476 

23,308 

14,746 

39,749 

16,405 

17,433 

41,474 

11,881 

49.5 

51.2 

44.1 

51.4 

42.1 

42.5 

45.8 

37.7 

45.4 

13,484 

17,429 

12,120 

18,655 

12,832 

11,535 

6,970 

12,453 

10,860 

1987

 All institutions2,5 269,455 52.3 8,313 135,920 26.4 7,827 225,082 43.7 12,263 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

47,275 

20,476 

26,861 

8,216 

53,124 

22,190 

18,563 

61,175 

11,574 

46.4 

49.3 

47.8 

32.8 

54.7 

60.2 

48.3 

63.6 

53.8 

11,386 

23,386 

9,472 

7,395 

5,577 

5,075 

3,849 

5,792 

6,311 

36,217 

15,147 

15,404 

7,102 

26,411 

8,213 

6,372 

16,414 

4,640 

35.5 

36.4 

27.4 

28.3 

27.2 

22.3 

16.6 

17.1 

21.6 

8,112 

12,523 

7,065 

14,082 

6,637 

8,645 

5,170 

3,550 

7,334 

49,268 

23,796 

24,777 

11,421 

40,244 

15,034 

14,964 

33,647 

11,930 

48.3 

57.2 

44.1 

45.6 

41.4 

40.8 

38.9 

35.0 

55.4 

9,199 

18,048 

18,123 

26,977 

7,628 

17,612 

5,576 

9,803 

11,333 

1

 Includes only those faculty with income from the source. 

2

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

3

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

4

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

5 The Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) was used to adjust 1987 dollars to constant 1992 dollars.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

55
 
Table 4.4—Income for full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions with income beyond basic 

salary from institution, by source of income and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Other income from institution 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Consulting income 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Other outside income 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions2 202,711 50.0 9,048 103,774 25.6 9,604 188,509 46.5 13,043 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

2,792 28.8 7,426 

18,309 63.4 8,487 

18,548 61.6 6,927 

11,397 55.9 13,287 

12,894 48.0 4,823 

26,753 49.5 5,683 

39,298 49.3 7,915 

26,275 54.7 8,406 

23,236 52.4 7,444 

2,067 21.3 16,746 

9,695 33.6 14,914 

9,886 32.8 4,930 

8,232 40.4 11,670 

7,635 28.4 8,867 

7,808 14.4 4,296 

18,632 23.4 8,026 

13,071 27.2 13,125 

11,629 26.2 9,802 

3,400 35.1 10,131 

11,874 41.1 18,664 

12,842 42.6 10,132 

7,648 37.5 11,409 

17,228 64.1 8,591 

24,878 46.0 8,726 

30,682 38.5 11,153 

24,914 51.9 8,941 

19,564 44.1 14,261 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions2 206,663 49.9 9,056 118,647 28.6 8,449 189,122 45.6 12,708 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

3,066 30.4 4,474 

19,883 69.5 8,497 

21,006 66.0 6,255 

11,327 54.4 9,925 

14,130 51.1 3,891 

30,895 50.9 4,857 

37,770 50.5 8,482 

27,176 57.6 6,241 

15,567 53.6 7,892 

2,716 26.9 3,044 

12,773 44.6 15,008 

8,825 27.7 4,668 

9,980 48.0 9,768 

7,266 26.3 4,875 

10,482 17.3 3,272 

18,321 24.5 7,877 

14,389 30.5 8,618 

11,003 37.9 7,113 

3,198 31.7 4,139 

11,358 39.7 9,343 

13,705 43.1 6,527 

6,889 33.1 11,707 

16,544 59.9 5,883 

25,810 42.5 4,062 

27,968 37.4 8,614 

22,688 48.1 13,134 

13,856 47.7 9,801 

1

 Includes only those faculty with income from the source. 

2

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

56
 
Table 4.5—Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by satisfaction with salary 

and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Satisfaction with salary 

Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All institutions3 528,260 45.3 54.7 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

48.0 

36.2 

48.0 

38.4 

51.5 

46.4 

51.2 

38.6 

42.6 

52.1 

63.8 

52.0 

61.6 

48.5 

53.6 

48.8 

61.4 

57.4 

1987

 All institutions3 515,138 41.5 58.5 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

40.4 

41.0 

45.8 

39.4 

43.3 

50.9 

44.8 

33.4 

43.8 

59.6 

59.0 

54.2 

60.6 

56.7 

49.1 

55.2 

66.6 

56.2 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

4

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

5

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

57
 
Table 4.6—Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by satisfaction

 with salary and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Program area and year instructional Satisfaction with salary 

faculty and staff Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 405,783 46.9 53.1 

Agriculture/home economics 9,698 51.3 48.7 

Business 28,895 47.2 52.8 

Education 30,127 44.8 55.2 

Engineering 20,381 38.1 61.9 

Fine arts 26,874 56.9 43.1 

Humanities 54,093 52.1 47.9 

Natural sciences 79,663 43.6 56.4 

Social sciences 48,030 49.2 50.8 

All other fields 44,346 46.4 53.6 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 414,832 43.4 56.6 

Agriculture/home economics 10,104 32.8 67.2 

Business 28,630 45.7 54.3 

Education 31,812 50.3 49.7 

Engineering 20,915 36.5 63.5 

Fine arts 27,628 55.1 44.9 

Humanities 60,781 42.7 57.3 

Natural sciences 74,852 42.5 57.5 

Social sciences 47,324 45.6 54.4 

All other fields 29,042 47.7 52.3 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes
 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

58
 
Table 4.7—Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by satisfaction with benefits 

and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Satisfaction with benefits 

Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All institutions3 528,260 24.9 75.1 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

107,358 

32,164 

52,808 

28,684 

94,477 

38,561 

38,052 

109,957 

26,200 

27.5 

17.0 

27.2 

23.9 

25.8 

29.3 

33.0 

18.6 

26.2 

72.5 

83.0 

72.8 

76.1 

74.2 

70.7 

67.0 

81.4 

73.8 

1987

 All institutions3 515,138 23.2 76.8 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

102,115 

41,574 

56,294 

25,065 

97,131 

36,842 

38,446 

96,144 

21,528 

22.8 

19.8 

26.8 

20.3 

23.0 

33.9 

26.8 

18.5 

23.1 

77.2 

80.2 

73.2 

79.8 

77.0 

66.1 

73.2 

81.5 

76.9 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2

 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

4

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

5

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

59
 
Table 4.8—Percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by satisfaction

 with benefits and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Program area and year instructional Satisfaction with benefits 

faculty and staff Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 405,783 26.6 73.4 

Agriculture/home economics 9,698 24.2 75.8 

Business 28,895 28.2 71.8 

Education 30,127 25.6 74.4 

Engineering 20,381 27.2 72.9 

Fine arts 26,874 30.0 70.1 

Humanities 54,093 30.2 69.8 

Natural sciences 79,663 25.8 74.2 

Social sciences 48,030 28.2 71.8 

All other fields 44,346 27.7 72.3 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 414,832 24.2 75.8 

Agriculture/home economics 10,104 18.9 81.1 

Business 28,630 26.4 73.6 

Education 31,812 26.3 73.7 

Engineering 20,915 19.6 80.4 

Fine arts 27,628 25.4 74.6 

Humanities 60,781 23.5 76.5 

Natural sciences 74,852 24.1 75.9 

Social sciences 47,324 25.9 74.1 

All other fields 29,042 28.0 72.1 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2

 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes
 

for details.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

60
 
APPENDIX A
 

SUPPLEMENTARY
 

TABLES
 
Table A-2.3—Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and staff, by 

academic rank and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time Academic rank 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Full 

professor 

Associate 

professor 

Assistant 

professor 

Instructor 

or lecturer 

Other ranks/ 

Not applicable 

1992

 All institutions1 376,675 8.6 6.0 6.4 69.2 9.8 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral

2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

11.6 

18.6 

9.5 

14.0 

6.6 

15.2 

11.5 

4.1 

15.1 

17.3 

15.5 

13.5 

11.6 

3.2 

6.4 

4.7 

2.4 

7.0 

14.2 

12.6 

11.6 

19.9 

4.1 

7.5 

11.3 

2.4 

5.8 

48.9 

45.9 

53.0 

46.3 

74.3 

61.1 

64.0 

81.6 

60.1 

8.0 

7.5 

12.3 

8.1 

11.8 

9.8 

8.5 

9.4 

12.0 

1987

 All institutions1 254,687 6.4 4.4 9.0 67.2 13.1 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

14.8 

13.1 

8.2 

6.6 

3.9 

8.5 

6.3 

4.4 

5.6 

10.8 

8.5 

3.4 

10.7 

3.3 

8.1 

5.4 

1.3 

4.8 

15.9 

21.3 

29.4 

25.0 

10.0 

11.9 

6.1 

1.7 

7.5 

51.1 

47.0 

56.4 

53.6 

74.3 

64.7 

66.3 

75.6 

57.5 

7.4 

10.1 

2.7 

4.1 

8.5 

6.8 

16.0 

16.9 

24.6 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

63
 
Table A-2.4—Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 4-year

 institutions, by academic rank and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time Academic rank 

instructional Full Associate Assistant Instructor Other ranks/ 

Program area and year faculty and staff professor professor professor or lecturer Not applicable 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 199,046 12.2 9.1 9.9 59.0 9.8 

Agriculture/home economics 1,317 — 24.3 — 66.2 9.5 

Business 16,970 13.8 6.3 8.0 62.9 9.1 

Education 20,733 8.5 5.1 6.8 66.4 13.3 

Engineering 6,394 19.6 6.8 11.2 49.2 13.2 

Fine arts 20,707 12.4 4.8 8.5 63.0 11.3 

Humanities 29,206 7.7 4.4 5.8 74.0 8.2 

Natural sciences 22,332 12.5 7.0 8.0 59.1 13.4 

Social sciences 20,504 11.1 8.4 11.4 60.7 8.6 

All other fields 30,895 21.4 6.7 5.7 56.7 9.6 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 148,011 7.8 6.6 14.0 61.1 10.5 

Agriculture/home economics 1,919 11.0 16.4 2.1 57.6 13.0 

Business 13,674 11.7 2.3 5.7 60.3 20.1 

Education 8,953 5.9 6.4 8.4 66.2 13.2 

Engineering 5,273 10.0 15.9 9.3 63.1 1.7 

Fine arts 20,889 3.3 3.9 6.8 68.3 17.7 

Humanities 21,091 4.3 3.8 7.1 74.0 10.8 

Natural sciences 21,060 12.2 9.1 3.5 66.3 8.8 

Social sciences 10,602 1.4 5.6 18.3 67.2 7.5 

All other fields 16,999 12.9 2.2 11.4 68.2 5.3 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

64
 
Table A-2.5—Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and staff, by 

tenure status and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Tenure status 

Part-time No tenure No tenure 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Tenured 

On tenure 

track 

Not on 

tenure track 

system for 

faculty status 

system at 

institution 

1992

 All institutions1 376,675 2.9 1.5 46.5 44.0 5.1 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

9.6 

2.4 

5.5 

3.9 

2.6 

1.9 

3.5 

1.8 

2.5 

2.9 

0.7 

1.6 

2.1 

1.6 

1.1 

1.8 

1.3 

2.2 

55.2 

52.1 

54.7 

49.3 

51.3 

46.1 

51.1 

43.3 

33.5 

32.2 

40.6 

38.1 

40.6 

43.5 

46.1 

38.3 

47.8 

43.9 

0.2 

4.3 

0.1 

4.2 

1.0 

4.9 

5.4 

5.9 

18.0 

1987

 All institutions1 254,687 2.9 1.9 22.6 59.4 13.2 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

11.4 

2.4 

2.8 

1.9 

3.6 

1.8 

3.1 

2.0 

0.8 

4.4 

1.0 

1.5 

5.8 

0.8 

2.4 

0.6 

1.6 

1.6 

29.7 

25.3 

26.5 

22.6 

31.2 

22.7 

32.6 

18.9 

10.8 

49.3 

57.2 

68.4 

66.5 

60.7 

67.0 

54.6 

63.6 

32.7 

5.2 

14.0 

0.9 

3.2 

3.8 

6.3 

9.1 

14.0 

54.0 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

65
 
Table A-2.6—Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 4-year

 institutions, by tenure status and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Tenure status 

Part-time No tenure No tenure 

instructional On tenure Not on system for system at 

Program area and year faculty and staff Tenured track tenure track faculty status institution 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 199,046 3.7 1.7 49.7 41.0 4.0 

Agriculture/home economics 1,317 17.1 — 58.8 24.1 — 

Business 16,970 2.4 2.3 49.2 40.8 5.2 

Education 20,733 3.3 1.2 48.7 44.5 2.4 

Engineering 6,394 6.9 3.6 53.3 32.8 3.4 

Fine arts 20,707 6.3 1.8 48.2 35.5 8.2 

Humanities 29,206 2.4 0.4 46.9 47.6 2.8 

Natural sciences 22,332 4.5 1.4 41.8 47.3 5.1 

Social sciences 20,504 2.7 3.6 54.3 34.7 4.8 

All other fields 30,895 2.5 1.5 50.6 42.6 2.9 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 148,011 3.5 2.2 25.6 56.8 12.0 

Agriculture/home economics 1,919 8.9 — 62.2 17.1 11.9 

Business 13,674 4.5 — 20.1 61.8 13.5 

Education 8,953 5.2 1.4 40.0 45.1 8.3 

Engineering 5,273 6.9 4.8 22.8 54.3 11.2 

Fine arts 20,889 0.8 2.6 25.3 55.5 15.8 

Humanities 21,091 5.3 0.1 29.0 61.5 4.0 

Natural sciences 21,060 2.1 2.4 21.7 67.3 6.6 

Social sciences 10,602 2.9 0.6 33.5 49.9 13.1 

All other fields 16,999 2.6 0.7 17.8 63.3 15.6 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

66
 
Table A-2.7—Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and staff with a 

doctoral or first professional degree, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time Have doctoral or first 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

professional degree 

Yes No 

1992

 All institutions1 376,675 26.1 73.9 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

48.4 

50.0 

46.3 

60.2 

24.1 

31.7 

24.5 

12.7 

32.3 

51.6 

50.0 

53.7 

39.8 

75.9 

68.3 

75.5 

87.3 

67.7 

1987

 All institutions1 254,687 29.4 70.6 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

51.4 

69.8 

47.4 

53.6 

33.6 

24.6 

31.1 

12.9 

40.6 

48.6 

30.2 

52.6 

46.5 

66.4 

75.4 

68.9 

87.1 

59.4 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

67
 
Table A-2.8—Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions with a doctoral or first professional degree, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time Have doctoral or first 

instructional professional degree 

Program area and year faculty and staff Yes No 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 199,046 37.7 62.3 

Agriculture/home economics 1,317 13.0 87.0 

Business 16,970 23.4 76.7 

Education 20,733 32.0 68.1 

Engineering 6,394 40.6 59.4 

Fine arts 20,707 8.1 91.9 

Humanities 29,206 28.1 71.9 

Natural sciences 22,332 38.7 61.4 

Social sciences 20,504 49.3 50.7 

All other fields 30,895 44.2 55.8 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 148,011 41.2 58.8 

Agriculture/home economics 1,919 31.2 68.8 

Business 13,674 34.4 65.6 

Education 8,953 31.5 68.5 

Engineering 5,273 22.7 77.3 

Fine arts 20,889 12.2 87.9 

Humanities 21,091 30.9 69.1 

Natural sciences 21,060 48.1 51.9 

Social sciences 10,602 59.6 40.4 

All other fields 16,999 39.6 60.4 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

68
 
Table A-2.9—Average age and age distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by type and control of 

institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Average 

age Under 35 35-44 

Age distribution 

45-54 55-64 65-70 71 or older 

1992

 All institutions1 376,675 45.8 15.0 34.2 30.0 13.7 4.8 2.2 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

46.8 

45.2 

45.9 

45.8 

45.3 

47.0 

45.6 

45.5 

46.9 

10.4 

21.3 

14.8 

9.3 

17.8 

10.9 

10.7 

16.0 

16.6 

35.8 

25.6 

36.2 

43.3 

32.9 

33.0 

40.7 

34.0 

30.5 

31.8 

31.1 

27.5 

28.8 

27.0 

32.6 

31.2 

30.2 

30.1 

13.1 

19.2 

11.5 

10.3 

15.9 

15.9 

10.3 

13.7 

11.1 

6.7 

1.1 

6.3 

6.5 

5.0 

5.1 

5.4 

4.3 

6.0 

2.2 

1.8 

3.7 

1.8 

1.4 

2.5 

1.9 

1.9 

5.6 

1987

 All institutions1 254,687 44.3 15.9 41.6 25.9 11.7 3.3 1.6 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

46.2 

45.3 

41.6 

44.4 

43.4 

44.8 

46.7 

44.0 

43.8 

17.4 

15.2 

23.0 

9.3 

16.9 

20.0 

12.8 

16.1 

11.9 

32.4 

32.8 

45.8 

46.8 

43.1 

34.0 

38.6 

43.9 

45.4 

25.1 

37.7 

17.6 

33.7 

25.3 

26.5 

24.4 

24.0 

29.6 

16.0 

8.6 

9.0 

8.1 

11.2 

12.8 

14.6 

12.0 

9.2 

7.0 

3.6 

3.6 

0.5 

1.0 

4.0 

5.0 

3.7 

1.2 

2.1 

2.1 

1.0 

1.8 

2.5 

2.8 

4.6 

0.3 

2.8 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

69
 
Table A-2.10—Average age and age distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, 

by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time Age distribution 

instructional Average 

Program area and year faculty and staff age Under 35 35-44 45-54 55-64 65-70 71 or older 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 199,046 46.0 14.1 35.0 29.7 14.0 4.9 2.4 

Agriculture/home economics 1,317 45.5 19.7 41.6 7.3 26.7 — 4.8 

Business 16,970 47.4 8.4 33.2 36.6 12.8 6.2 2.8 

Education 20,733 50.0 3.9 32.2 32.3 20.3 8.1 3.2 

Engineering 6,394 45.1 19.6 33.4 25.7 11.8 4.3 5.2 

Fine arts 20,707 44.6 16.0 42.5 23.0 12.4 3.0 3.1 

Humanities 29,206 45.5 19.1 27.0 33.8 13.7 3.3 3.2 

Natural sciences 22,332 46.1 18.1 26.9 27.6 20.9 5.6 0.8 

Social sciences 20,504 45.1 19.5 32.2 26.0 16.0 4.5 1.7 

All other fields 30,895 44.8 11.7 40.7 31.9 12.0 2.5 1.3 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 148,011 44.5 15.7 40.1 27.4 11.3 3.0 2.5 

Agriculture/home economics 1,919 46.8 0.6 34.7 48.4 10.0 6.4 — 

Business 13,674 46.1 10.5 41.0 30.3 13.9 4.4 — 

Education 8,953 46.9 5.3 45.2 22.4 21.4 5.2 0.6 

Engineering 5,273 44.7 20.4 23.7 39.3 12.2 4.3 — 

Fine arts 20,889 43.4 20.6 40.1 25.2 7.5 1.3 5.3 

Humanities 21,091 44.7 19.4 35.4 27.2 10.1 2.8 5.1 

Natural sciences 21,060 46.2 9.3 41.4 30.8 9.7 3.3 5.5 

Social sciences 10,602 42.1 18.0 53.9 14.9 7.6 4.7 0.8 

All other fields 16,999 43.6 19.9 36.4 27.0 13.3 3.0 0.5 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

70
 
Table A-2.11—Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and staff, by sex and 

type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Male 

Sex 

Female 

1992

 All institutions1 376,675 55.4 44.6 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

56.8 

58.7 

55.4 

63.1 

49.1 

56.4 

46.6 

56.6 

56.1 

43.3 

41.3 

44.6 

36.9 

51.0 

43.7 

53.4 

43.4 

44.0 

1987

 All institutions1 254,687 57.6 42.4 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

66.3 

56.9 

39.2 

70.2 

50.0 

60.6 

37.0 

60.6 

61.9 

33.7 

43.1 

60.8 

29.8 

50.0 

39.4 

63.0 

39.4 

38.1 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

71
 
Table A-2.12—Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by sex and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff Male 

Sex 

Female 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 199,046 55.0 45.0 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,317 

16,970 

20,733 

6,394 

20,707 

29,206 

22,332 

20,504 

30,895 

42.8 

75.0 

35.6 

95.9 

55.0 

40.8 

68.7 

53.6 

56.8 

57.2 

25.0 

64.4 

4.1 

45.0 

59.2 

31.3 

46.4 

43.2 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 148,011 55.8 44.2 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,919 

13,674 

8,953 

5,273 

20,889 

21,091 

21,060 

10,602 

16,999 

49.9 

73.7 

38.4 

96.2 

48.4 

43.5 

62.7 

51.4 

59.9 

50.1 

26.3 

61.6 

3.8 

51.6 

56.5 

37.3 

48.6 

40.1 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

72
 
Table A-2.13—Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and staff, by race/ 

ethnicity and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

American 

Indian/ 

Alaskan 

Native 

Asian/ 

Pacific 

Islander 

Race/ethnicity 

Black, 

non-Hispanic Hispanic 

White, 

non-Hispanic 

1992

 All institutions1 376,675 0.6 3.2 4.9 3.0 88.4 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

— 

0.4 

0.4 

0.2 

0.7 

0.5 

0.1 

0.8 

1.1 

6.6 

3.0 

3.3 

3.5 

4.1 

2.5 

1.6 

2.7 

3.8 

2.5 

4.4 

3.3 

7.1 

7.2 

5.0 

5.9 

4.6 

3.2 

3.2 

2.7 

1.6 

1.5 

3.0 

1.1 

2.9 

4.0 

1.1 

87.8 

89.5 

91.4 

87.7 

85.0 

90.8 

89.6 

87.9 

90.8 

1987

 All institutions1 254,687 1.0 3.1 3.2 2.2 90.6 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

1.0 

1.1 

0.7 

0.7 

2.5 

— 

1.1 

0.9 

0.7 

1.1 

2.6 

— 

11.6 

6.0 

3.1 

0.1 

1.7 

5.3 

0.4 

9.4 

0.7 

— 

2.1 

0.7 

11.6 

2.9 

4.3 

— 

1.7 

1.3 

4.9 

1.1 

1.9 

3.2 

3.0 

— 

97.6 

85.3 

97.3 

82.9 

88.3 

94.4 

84.0 

91.5 

89.7 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

73
 
Table A-2.14—Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by race/ethnicity and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Race/ethnicity 

American 

Part-time Indian/ Asian/ 

instructional Alaskan Pacific Black, White, 

Program area and year faculty and staff Native Islander non-Hispanic Hispanic non-Hispanic 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 199,046 0.4 3.6 5.2 2.3 88.6 

Agriculture/home economics 1,317 — — — 2.4 97.6 

Business 16,970 0.3 1.9 4.5 2.4 90.9 

Education 20,733 1.0 1.0 7.0 1.2 89.9 

Engineering 6,394 — 12.2 1.5 2.7 83.7 

Fine arts 20,707 0.6 2.6 5.3 1.7 89.8 

Humanities 29,206 0.1 2.6 4.1 4.7 88.5 

Natural sciences 22,332 0.6 7.1 4.0 2.3 86.0 

Social sciences 20,504 0.5 3.4 6.1 2.4 87.7 

All other fields 30,895 0.2 2.4 5.7 1.6 90.1 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 148,011 1.0 4.0 3.3 1.6 90.0 

Agriculture/home economics 1,919 — — — — 100.0 

Business 13,674 — 0.6 1.5 0.6 97.3 

Education 8,953 1.4 0.7 4.0 1.5 92.4 

Engineering 5,273 0.4 2.5 — 2.5 94.5 

Fine arts 20,889 0.5 2.4 5.3 2.4 89.4 

Humanities 21,091 0.8 1.9 1.7 2.2 93.4 

Natural sciences 21,060 0.3 4.5 1.6 0.7 92.9 

Social sciences 10,602 7.7 14.3 1.8 0.6 75.6 

All other fields 16,999 0.5 1.2 1.4 1.1 95.9 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

74
 
Table A-2.15—Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and staff, by U.S. 

citizenship status and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff Citizen 

Citizenship status 

Non-citizen 

1992

 All institutions1 376,675 96.1 3.9 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

92.9 

91.5 

96.9 

93.6 

94.8 

97.2 

96.7 

97.4 

95.8 

7.2 

8.5 

3.1 

6.4 

5.2 

2.8 

3.4 

2.6 

4.2 

1987

 All institutions1 254,687 97.1 2.9 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

96.0 

93.6 

98.9 

92.4 

96.3 

97.4 

99.2 

97.7 

99.0 

4.0 

6.4 

1.1 

7.6 

3.7 

2.7 

0.8 

2.3 

1.0 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

75
 
Table A-2.16—Number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 4-year

 institutions, by U.S. citizenship status and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Citizenship status 

Citizen Non-citizen 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 199,046 95.1 4.9 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,317 

16,970 

20,733 

6,394 

20,707 

29,206 

22,332 

20,504 

30,895 

100.0 

98.0 

98.7 

78.3 

98.2 

92.3 

92.1 

95.0 

96.2 

0.0 

2.0 

1.3 

21.7 

1.8 

7.7 

7.9 

5.0 

3.8 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 148,011 96.7 3.3 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,919 

13,674 

8,953 

5,273 

20,889 

21,091 

21,060 

10,602 

16,999 

100.0 

100.0 

97.6 

87.0 

98.7 

94.4 

96.9 

92.7 

99.4 

— 

0.0 

2.4 

13.0 

1.3 

5.6 

3.1 

7.4 

0.6 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

*Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

76
 
Table A-3.1—Mean number of hours worked by part-time instructional faculty and staff, by type and 

control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean hours worked 

per week 

1992

 All institutions1 376,675 33.8 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

38.9 

40.3 

34.6 

37.0 

34.7 

35.6 

33.4 

31.5 

32.6 

1987

 All institutions1 254,687 43.5 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

48.3 

50.2 

45.0 

49.9 

44.5 

41.5 

36.6 

41.2 

48.6 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

77
 
Table A-3.2—Mean number of hours worked by part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, 

by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Part-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean hours worked 

per week 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 199,046 35.9 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,317 

16,970 

20,733 

6,394 

20,707 

29,206 

22,332 

20,504 

30,895 

39.9 

37.2 

32.4 

41.0 

36.0 

31.8 

34.2 

36.3 

41.2 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 148,011 45.3 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,919 

13,674 

8,953 

5,273 

20,889 

21,091 

21,060 

10,602 

16,999 

41.5 

50.0 

39.3 

47.5 

44.8 

40.5 

44.5 

49.1 

48.2 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

78
 
Table A-3.3—Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by time allocation and type 

and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time instructional 

faculty and staff Teaching 

activities 

Percentage of time spent on 

Research Administrative 

activities activities 

Other 

activities 

1992

 All institutions1 376,675 59.4 7.1 5.7 27.2 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

52.0 

38.7 

60.7 

42.6 

61.4 

56.3 

60.9 

64.5 

58.8 

15.7 

17.7 

8.7 

8.8 

8.2 

5.9 

6.6 

4.3 

7.0 

5.4 

12.7 

5.1 

4.6 

6.2 

6.3 

6.9 

5.0 

5.1 

26.7 

30.9 

25.4 

43.6 

23.8 

31.0 

24.8 

25.6 

28.3 

1987

 All institutions1 254,687 57.5 5.5 3.8 33.2 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

46.1 

38.9 

48.2 

43.0 

60.7 

53.1 

62.9 

66.4 

44.5 

11.2 

12.2 

9.1 

10.1 

6.8 

5.5 

6.6 

2.3 

5.0 

7.4 

6.8 

3.8 

4.2 

4.2 

4.5 

2.5 

3.0 

3.2 

35.4 

42.1 

38.9 

42.8 

28.4 

37.0 

28.0 

28.5 

47.3 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

79
 
Table A-3.4—Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by time 

allocation and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Part-time instructional 

faculty and staff Teaching 

activities 

Percentage of time spent on 

Research Administrative 

activities activities 

Other 

activities 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 199,046 55.1 9.5 6.4 28.6 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,317 

16,970 

20,733 

6,394 

20,707 

29,206 

22,332 

20,504 

30,895 

54.5 

50.4 

64.3 

40.7 

55.0 

69.9 

58.3 

48.6 

45.2 

3.4 

4.9 

5.1 

21.1 

10.6 

9.3 

16.4 

13.8 

7.5 

8.8 

6.3 

13.0 

5.2 

4.2 

4.0 

4.7 

6.7 

6.8 

33.3 

37.8 

16.8 

33.0 

30.2 

16.6 

20.6 

30.6 

39.6 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 148,011 51.1 7.8 4.4 36.7 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,919 

13,674 

8,953 

5,273 

20,889 

21,091 

21,060 

10,602 

16,999 

57.0 

45.3 

70.5 

54.7 

45.2 

71.8 

58.8 

46.6 

42.7 

11.4 

1.3 

3.5 

7.4 

14.5 

6.2 

10.8 

7.7 

4.5 

3.0 

3.4 

6.6 

3.8 

2.4 

3.7 

7.2 

4.4 

1.8 

28.7 

50.0 

19.4 

34.0 

37.9 

18.4 

23.3 

41.3 

51.0 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

80
 
Table A-3.5—Mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours of part-time instructional faculty and 

staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean classroom 

hours 

Mean student 

contact hours1 

1992

 All institutions2 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

1987

 All institutions2 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

376,675 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

254,687 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

7.0 

7.2 

4.0 

6.3 

5.6 

6.6 

7.0 

6.4 

7.6 

7.0 

5.9 

5.5 

5.9 

7.3 

4.3 

6.0 

5.2 

5.9 

6.1 

7.0 

170.4 

231.3 

85.9 

211.1 

156.3 

192.7 

148.8 

117.7 

176.0 

140.8 

140.4 

212.0 

142.6 

190.6 

78.7 

154.2 

103.1 

99.9 

139.0 

156.2 

1

 Number of hours per week spent teaching classes, multiplied by the number of students in those classes. 

2

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

3

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

4

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

81
 
Table A-3.6—Mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours of part-time instructional faculty 

and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Part-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean classroom 

hours 

Mean student 

contact hours1 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

199,046 

1,317 

16,970 

20,733 

6,394 

20,707 

29,206 

22,332 

20,504 

30,895 

148,011 

1,919 

13,674 

8,953 

5,273 

20,889 

21,091 

21,060 

10,602 

16,999 

6.5 

7.5 

7.0 

5.9 

6.5 

6.4 

7.3 

5.9 

5.7 

4.9 

5.8 

4.5 

5.9 

5.5 

4.6 

6.8 

5.6 

4.8 

5.2 

5.1 

167.1 

188.6 

164.0 

123.0 

197.9 

123.3 

177.4 

160.9 

172.7 

120.7 

141.8 

112.2 

157.2 

99.9 

125.2 

122.8 

139.5 

142.9 

175.3 

129.1 

1

 Number of hours per week spent teaching classes, multiplied by the number of students in those classes. 

2

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

82
 
Table A-3.7—Mean number of publications and presentations in the past two years by part-time instructional 

faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Refereed or Reviews and 

juried non-refereed 

publications publications 

Books and 

book 

chapters 

Monographs 

and technical 

reports 

Presentations Patents, 

and copyrights, 

exhibits and software 

1992

 All institutions1 376,675 0.5 1.0 0.2 1.0 4.1 0.2 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

1.1 

1.0 

0.7 

1.1 

0.3 

0.5 

0.5 

0.2 

0.8 

2.3 

2.2 

1.0 

0.9 

0.9 

1.3 

1.3 

0.7 

0.9 

0.3 

0.3 

0.2 

0.3 

0.1 

0.1 

0.2 

0.1 

0.3 

0.5 

3.0 

0.9 

0.7 

1.0 

1.8 

0.6 

0.9 

0.7 

5.4 

4.5 

5.3 

3.8 

6.1 

5.7 

5.3 

2.6 

3.8 

0.1 

0.0 

0.2 

0.0 

0.1 

0.2 

0.2 

0.2 

0.1 

1987

 All institutions1 254,687 0.5 2.6 0.2 1.6 4.5 0.5 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

1.6 

1.2 

0.8 

1.0 

0.6 

0.4 

0.6 

0.2 

0.4 

2.9 

7.8 

1.8 

2.2 

1.3 

1.2 

8.4 

1.4 

5.3 

0.4 

0.5 

0.3 

0.3 

0.2 

0.2 

0.1 

0.2 

0.1 

2.4 

1.3 

6.5 

1.3 

0.8 

1.5 

3.4 

1.0 

1.8 

3.9 

6.9 

6.0 

3.8 

5.8 

3.1 

6.7 

3.6 

5.6 

0.1 

0.2 

0.1 

0.5 

0.4 

0.1 

0.0 

0.2 

3.8 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

83
 
Table A-3.8—Mean number of publications and presentations in the past two years by part-time instructional 

faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Refereed or 

juried 

publications 

Reviews and 

non-refereed 

publications 

Books and 

book 

chapters 

Monographs 

and technical 

reports 

Presentations Patents, 

and copyrights, 

exhibits and software 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions* 199,046 0.7 1.3 0.2 1.2 5.2 0.1 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,317 

16,970 

20,733 

6,394 

20,707 

29,206 

22,332 

20,504 

30,895 

0.2 

0.4 

0.4 

1.2 

0.7 

0.8 

0.7 

1.2 

0.7 

0.1 

1.0 

1.4 

0.6 

1.5 

1.4 

0.7 

1.5 

2.6 

— 

0.1 

0.1 

0.2 

0.1 

0.3 

0.1 

0.4 

0.3 

0.3 

1.7 

0.8 

1.0 

0.8 

0.4 

1.3 

0.6 

2.1 

1.3 

4.2 

4.1 

1.3 

23.7 

2.0 

2.4 

2.8 

3.9 

— 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0.4 

0.1 

0.2 

0.1 

0.1 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions* 148,011 0.8 3.5 0.3 2.1 5.2 0.8 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,919 

13,674 

8,953 

5,273 

20,889 

21,091 

21,060 

10,602 

16,999 

0.7 

0.1 

0.2 

0.6 

0.9 

0.9 

0.9 

0.4 

0.5 

4.8 

11.4 

1.3 

0.5 

2.2 

3.1 

0.8 

1.8 

10.4 

1.0 

0.2 

0.5 

0.1 

0.1 

0.3 

0.2 

0.3 

0.2 

0.0 

1.5 

1.0 

1.2 

0.7 

0.9 

1.8 

3.3 

5.9 

1.2 

2.6 

3.7 

2.5 

16.7 

2.3 

4.0 

2.7 

3.2 

— 

0.1 

0.5 

0.4 

4.1 

0.1 

0.5 

0.0 

0.1 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

84
 
Table A-3.9—Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by satisfaction with work load 

and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time Satisfaction with work load 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Dissatisfied1 

Somewhat 

satisfied 

Very 

satisfied 

1992

 All institutions2 376,675 16.5 37.2 46.2 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

14.0 

13.9 

20.8 

10.8 

16.9 

13.5 

18.0 

18.3 

12.1 

45.1 

45.8 

39.1 

30.2 

36.0 

35.3 

33.1 

37.1 

36.6 

41.0 

40.3 

40.1 

59.0 

47.1 

51.2 

49.0 

44.6 

51.3 

1987

 All institutions2 254,687 14.1 30.2 55.7 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

11.3 

6.4 

10.2 

11.1 

16.0 

12.2 

11.2 

14.1 

26.2 

30.2 

34.9 

38.8 

32.0 

36.3 

25.8 

25.9 

29.9 

22.3 

58.5 

58.7 

51.1 

56.9 

47.8 

62.0 

62.9 

56.1 

51.5 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied." 

2 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. 

3

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools. 

4

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

85
 
Table A-3.10—Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by 

satisfaction with work load and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time Satisfaction with work load 

instructional Somewhat Very 

Program area and year faculty and staff Dissatisfied1 satisfied satisfied 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year institutions2 199,046 15.2 37.3 47.5 

Agriculture/home economics 1,317 27.1 14.9 58.0 

Business 16,970 10.3 37.6 52.1 

Education 20,733 12.0 22.7 65.3 

Engineering 6,394 3.4 48.2 48.4 

Fine arts 20,707 25.9 36.1 38.0 

Humanities 29,206 22.2 39.6 38.2 

Natural sciences 22,332 12.5 45.6 41.9 

Social sciences 20,504 13.4 36.9 49.7 

All other fields 30,895 10.0 36.9 53.1 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year institutions2 148,011 14.3 30.4 55.3 

Agriculture/home economics 1,919 12.5 48.8 38.8 

Business 13,674 15.0 27.6 57.4 

Education 8,953 7.6 25.3 67.1 

Engineering 5,273 4.6 39.3 56.2 

Fine arts 20,889 23.3 23.7 53.0 

Humanities 21,091 17.6 27.6 54.7 

Natural sciences 21,060 4.7 35.6 59.7 

Social sciences 10,602 21.7 43.9 34.5 

All other fields 16,999 16.9 25.0 58.1 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied." 

2 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

86
 
Table A-3.11—Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by perception of pressure to 

increase work load in recent years and type and control of institution: Fall 1992 

Part-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Worsened 

Stayed the 

same Improved 

Don't 

know 

1992

 All institutions1 376,675 28.5 30.8 6.4 34.3 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

39.8 

24.4 

43.2 

27.7 

36.7 

23.2 

25.3 

25.2 

24.8 

27.2 

45.5 

21.2 

31.4 

27.7 

32.0 

32.6 

31.5 

30.7 

5.3 

7.9 

6.2 

9.3 

6.0 

5.2 

6.1 

6.1 

9.1 

27.7 

22.2 

29.5 

31.6 

29.5 

39.6 

36.0 

37.3 

35.5 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools. 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

87
 
Table A-3.12—Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by 

perception of pressure to increase work load in recent years and program area: Fall 1992 

Part-time 

instructional Stayed the Don't 

Program area and year faculty and staff Worsened same Improved know 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 199,046 31.3 30.4 6.6 31.7 

Agriculture/home economics 1,317 34.6 30.6 12.4 22.5 

Business 16,970 23.3 37.3 6.3 33.2 

Education 20,733 25.5 21.6 8.0 44.9 

Engineering 6,394 26.2 34.7 2.9 36.3 

Fine arts 20,707 31.0 38.7 5.6 24.7 

Humanities 29,206 38.2 28.5 5.7 27.7 

Natural sciences 22,332 34.8 27.6 6.8 30.8 

Social sciences 20,504 32.7 26.0 8.9 32.4 

All other fields 30,895 24.8 34.6 5.0 35.6 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study 

of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

88
 
Table A-4.1—Mean income of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by source of income and type and 

control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Source of income 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Total 

earned 

income 

Basic salary 

from 

institution 

Other income 

from 

institution 

Outside 

consulting 

income 

Other 

outside 

income 

1992

 All institutions1 376,675 48,761 10,189 1,153 3,515 33,904 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

55,121 

61,765 

47,973 

92,699 

42,417 

49,974 

47,775 

41,148 

64,316 

15,305 

9,736 

12,147 

16,302 

12,407 

7,469 

12,117 

8,178 

10,866 

1,016 

1,035 

1,147 

675 

1,320 

682 

578 

969 

3,862 

2,171 

5,553 

2,464 

8,273 

3,297 

6,511 

2,312 

2,510 

4,668 

36,630 

45,441 

32,215 

67,449 

25,393 

35,311 

32,769 

29,492 

44,920 

1987

 All institutions1 254,687 42,276 7,783 569 3,610 30,314 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

48,918 

76,777 

42,288 

71,684 

36,993 

47,502 

31,516 

34,927 

44,931 

15,131 

11,577 

9,998 

11,111 

8,087 

6,477 

7,608 

5,493 

8,652 

906 

424 

665 

790 

620 

717 

578 

455 

485 

2,023 

2,695 

4,671 

13,054 

5,963 

5,013 

1,176 

1,747 

4,149 

30,858 

62,082 

26,954 

46,730 

22,323 

35,295 

22,154 

27,232 

31,645 

1 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

89
 
Table A-4.2—Mean income of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by source of income 

and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area 

and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Total 

earned 

income 

Basic salary 

from 

institution 

Source of income 

Other income Outside 

from consulting 

institution income 

Other 

outside 

income 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year institutions* 199,046 54,592 11,797 994 4,412 37,389 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,317 

16,970 

20,733 

6,394 

20,707 

29,206 

22,332 

20,504 

30,895 

55,526 

67,343 

42,753 

75,692 

42,005 

38,150 

46,655 

49,905 

52,555 

11,712 

8,744 

10,839 

15,934 

10,822 

12,514 

13,689 

9,498 

9,187 

280 

833 

744 

1,948 

1,146 

1,042 

972 

1,149 

883 

27,844 

9,466 

1,632 

9,920 

3,404 

1,480 

2,408 

2,452 

6,823 

15,689 

48,300 

29,538 

47,891 

26,634 

23,115 

29,587 

36,807 

35,662 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year institutions* 148,011 47,777 9,409 654 4,975 32,739 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,919 

13,674 

8,953 

5,273 

20,889 

21,091 

21,060 

10,602 

16,999 

37,628 

61,911 

34,724 

57,082 

27,817 

23,709 

44,537 

46,472 

60,016 

15,264 

7,607 

7,284 

10,607 

8,072 

8,831 

8,787 

8,973 

6,690 

187 

209 

496 

498 

556 

876 

794 

846 

607 

3,397 

7,885 

1,914 

11,017 

5,025 

946 

2,110 

5,243 

4,788 

18,781 

46,211 

25,030 

34,960 

14,165 

13,056 

32,846 

31,410 

47,931 

*Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

90
 
Table A-4.3—Income for part-time instructional faculty and staff with income beyond basic salary from 

institution, by source of income and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Other income from institution 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Consulting income 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Other outside income 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

1992

 All institutions2 74,527 19.8 5,827 75,005 19.9 17,652 283,629 75.3 45,027 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

5,447 

3,000 

4,214 

3,738 

8,922 

6,772 

5,207 

32,626 

4,602 

21.5 

17.4 

20.3 

20.8 

19.0 

18.5 

24.9 

19.6 

18.8 

4,728 

5,956 

5,651 

3,253 

6,960 

3,680 

2,320 

4,938 

20,526 

4,470 

4,402 

3,916 

4,406 

8,710 

8,957 

4,773 

30,517 

4,855 

17.6 

25.5 

18.9 

24.5 

18.5 

24.5 

22.8 

18.4 

19.9 

12,315 

21,771 

13,062 

33,829 

17,810 

26,553 

10,129 

13,679 

23,513 

16,851 

12,544 

14,928 

14,791 

33,278 

28,961 

15,467 

128,097 

18,713 

66.5 

72.7 

71.9 

82.1 

70.7 

79.3 

74.0 

77.0 

76.5 

55,126 

62,519 

44,803 

82,150 

35,907 

44,533 

44,298 

38,296 

58,702 

1987

 All institutions2 48,928 19.2 2,960 56,075 22.0 16,379 196,742 77.32 39,204 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

3,228 

1,789 

2,495 

3,755 

5,311 

4,466 

5,277 

17,680 

4,926 

18.8 

15.5 

22.2 

25.5 

16.0 

19.0 

31.1 

16.9 

22.9 

4,833 

2,736 

3,002 

3,098 

3,876 

3,774 

1,855 

2,690 

2,118 

3,850 

2,702 

3,714 

5,899 

9,669 

5,580 

4,166 

14,732 

5,762 

22.4 

23.4 

33.0 

40.1 

29.1 

23.8 

24.6 

14.1 

26.8 

9,047 

11,514 

14,162 

32,590 

20,483 

21,107 

4,783 

12,394 

15,494 

12,823 

9,285 

7,611 

12,233 

24,921 

18,930 

12,861 

80,549 

17,529 

74.47 

80.42 

67.59 

83.06 

75.04 

80.58 

75.90 

77.07 

81.45 

41,439 

77,200 

39,877 

56,262 

29,748 

43,804 

29,188 

35,336 

38,851 

1

 Includes only those faculty with income from the source. 

2

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

3

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

4

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

91
 
Table A-4.4—Income for part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions with income beyond basic 

salary from institution, by source of income and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Other income from institution Consulting income Other outside income 

Percent of Percent of Percent of 

Program area and year Number1 total Mean Number1 total Mean Number1 total Mean 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions2 40,337 20.3 4,907 42,987 21.6 20,431 146,932 73.8 50,650 

Agriculture/home economics 154 11.7 2,405 — — — 1,063 80.7 19,433 

Business 3,133 18.5 4,513 4,305 25.4 37,313 12,068 71.1 67,919 

Education 4,258 20.5 3,620 5,289 25.5 6,398 15,320 73.9 39,974 

Engineering 1,727 27.0 7,211 1,327 20.8 47,798 3,414 53.4 89,691 

Fine arts 5,361 25.9 4,426 5,851 28.3 12,045 17,157 82.9 32,146 

Humanities 8,454 29.0 3,600 4,965 17.0 8,708 19,871 68.0 33,974 

Natural sciences 3,898 17.5 5,568 3,225 14.4 16,674 15,340 68.7 43,072 

Social sciences 3,901 19.0 6,037 3,920 19.1 12,822 15,609 76.1 48,348 

All other fields 3,767 12.2 7,238 8,078 26.2 26,093 23,972 77.6 45,960 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions2 30,742 20.8 3,146 41,058 27.8 17,905 114,783 77.7 42,147 

Agriculture/home economics 389 20.3 922 987 51.4 6,607 1,269 66.1 28,407 

Business 1,231 9.0 2,318 5,235 38.3 20,595 12,242 89.5 51,616 

Education 3,029 33.8 1,466 3,194 35.7 5,365 7,368 82.3 30,415 

Engineering 674 13.1 3,807 1,539 29.9 36,862 3,495 67.9 51,516 

Fine arts 5,846 28.0 1,986 7,393 35.4 14,197 17,483 83.7 16,924 

Humanities 5,926 28.1 3,118 5,053 24.0 3,950 13,830 65.6 19,910 

Natural sciences 4,938 23.5 3,385 4,359 20.7 10,195 15,525 73.7 44,555 

Social sciences 1,140 10.8 7,863 3,727 35.2 14,914 8,012 75.6 41,562 

All other fields 2,343 13.9 4,373 2,335 13.8 34,606 14,571 86.3 55,520 

1

 Includes only those faculty with income from the source. 

2

Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

92
 
Table A-4.5—Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by satisfaction with salary 

and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Satisfaction with salary 

Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All institutions3 376,675 45.5 54.5 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

47.6 

38.1 

50.6 

44.5 

52.8 

48.3 

47.8 

43.1 

40.6 

52.5 

61.9 

49.4 

55.6 

47.2 

51.7 

52.2 

56.9 

59.4 

1987

 All institutions3 254,687 44.3 55.7 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

40.0 

59.8 

46.8 

52.6 

49.1 

44.4 

50.3 

37.2 

55.2 

60.0 

40.2 

53.2 

47.4 

50.9 

55.6 

49.7 

62.8 

44.8 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2

 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

4

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

5

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

93
 
Table A-4.6—Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by 

satisfaction with salary and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time 

Program area and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Satisfaction with salary 

Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 199,046 47.7 52.3 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,317 

16,970 

20,733 

6,394 

20,707 

29,206 

22,332 

20,504 

30,895 

47.0 

38.3 

48.4 

48.4 

56.3 

61.9 

44.7 

44.2 

42.5 

53.0 

61.7 

51.6 

51.6 

43.7 

38.1 

55.3 

55.9 

57.5 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 148,011 49.3 50.7 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,919 

13,674 

8,953 

5,273 

20,889 

21,091 

21,060 

10,602 

16,999 

52.1 

43.4 

52.3 

24.9 

50.6 

59.9 

37.2 

54.8 

47.2 

47.9 

56.6 

47.7 

75.1 

49.4 

40.1 

62.8 

45.2 

52.8 

1

Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2

 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes
 

for details.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

94
 
Table A-4.7—Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by satisfaction with benefits 

and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Satisfaction with benefits 

Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All institutions3 376,675 57.4 42.6 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

25,360 

17,259 

20,761 

18,014 

47,056 

36,525 

20,909 

166,335 

24,454 

42.8 

69.2 

50.1 

53.5 

55.6 

59.5 

58.1 

60.9 

48.7 

57.2 

30.8 

49.9 

46.5 

44.4 

40.5 

41.9 

39.1 

51.3 

1987

 All institutions3 254,687 63.5 36.5 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

17,219 

11,546 

11,383 

14,728 

33,211 

23,615 

16,945 

104,520 

21,520 

43.8 

59.3 

59.1 

46.9 

56.0 

71.2 

66.0 

70.3 

68.2 

56.2 

40.7 

40.9 

53.1 

44.1 

28.8 

34.0 

29.7 

31.8 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

4

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

5 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

95
 
Table A-4.8—Percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by 

satisfaction with benefits and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time 

Program area and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Satisfaction with benefits 

Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 199,046 54.4 45.6 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,317 

16,970 

20,733 

6,394 

20,707 

29,206 

22,332 

20,504 

30,895 

35.4 

54.4 

50.2 

39.6 

67.8 

67.7 

52.4 

48.7 

54.2 

64.7 

45.6 

49.8 

60.4 

32.2 

32.3 

47.6 

51.3 

45.8 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 148,011 59.2 40.9 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,919 

13,674 

8,953 

5,273 

20,889 

21,091 

21,060 

10,602 

16,999 

36.8 

57.4 

64.7 

58.1 

75.0 

65.4 

57.6 

48.1 

55.0 

63.2 

42.6 

35.3 

41.9 

25.0 

34.6 

42.4 

51.9 

45.1 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2

 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes
 

for details.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

96
 
APPENDIX B
 

TECHNICAL NOTES
 
TECHNICAL NOTES
 

Overview 

The 1992-93 National Study of Postsecondary Faculty (NSOPF-93) was sponsored by the U.S. 

Department of Education's National Center for Education Statistics (NCES). The study received additional 

support from the National Science Foundation (NSF) and the National Endowment for the Humanities 

(NEH). It was conducted by NORC, the National Opinion Research Center at the University of Chicago, 

under contract to NCES. 

The first cycle of NSOPF was conducted in 1987-88 (NSOPF-88) with a sample of 480 institutions 

(including 2-year, 4-year, doctoral-granting, and other colleges and universities), over 3,000 department 

chairpersons, and over 11,000 faculty. The second cycle of NSOPF, conducted in 1992-93, was limited to 

surveys of institutions and faculty, but with a substantially expanded sample of 974 public and private 

nonproprietary higher education institutions and 31,354 faculty. The study was designed to provide a 

national profile of faculty: their professional backgrounds, responsibilities, workloads, salaries, benefits, 

and attitudes. 

Institution Universe 

The definition of the institution universe for NSOPF-93 was identical to the one used in NSOPF-88. It 

included institutions in the traditional sector of higher education: that is, institutions whose accreditation at 

the college level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education, that provide formal instructional 

programs of at least two years' duration, that are public or private not-for-profit, and that are designed 

primarily for students who have completed the requirements for a high school diploma or its equivalent. 

Faculty Universe 

Unlike NSOPF-88, which was limited to faculty whose regular assignment included instruction, the faculty 

universe for NSOPF-93 was expanded to include all those who were designated as faculty, whether or not 

their responsibilities included instruction, and other (non-faculty) personnel with instructional 

responsibilities. Under this definition, researchers and administrators and other institutional staff who hold 

faculty positions, but who do not teach, were included in the sample. Instructional staff without faculty 

status also were included. In summary, the eligible universe was defined to include: 

•	 full- and part-time personnel whose regular assignment included instruction; 

•	 full- and part-time individuals with faculty status whose regular assignment did not include
 

instruction;
 

•	 permanent and temporary personnel with any instructional duties, including adjunct, acting, or 

visiting status; 

•	 faculty and instructional personnel on sabbatical leave. 

Excluded from the NSOPF-93 universe of faculty were: 

99
 
• faculty and other personnel with instructional duties outside the U.S. (but not on 

sabbatical leave);
 

•	 temporary replacements for faculty and other instructional personnel; 

•	 faculty and other instructional and non-instructional personnel on leave without pay; 

•	 graduate teaching assistants; 

•	 military personnel who taught only ROTC courses; 

• instructional personnel supplied by independent contractors. 

Sample Design 

A two-stage stratified clustered probability design was used to select the NSOPF-93 sample. The firststage NSOPF-93 sampling frame consisted of the 3,256 postsecondary institutions that provided formal 

instructional programs of at least two years' duration and that were public or private, not-for-profit, drawn 

1 from the 1991-92 IPEDS (Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System ) Institutional Characteristics

Survey. The sampling frame was sorted by type and control of institution to create groups of institutions 

called strata. The selection of institutions occurred independently within each stratum. 

A modified Carnegie2

 classification system was used to stratify institutions according to crossclassification of control by type, first into 17 cells, and then into 15 strata. There were two levels of 

control, public and private, and nine types of institutions including: 

1.	 Research universities (public or private): These institutions offer a full range of baccalaureate 

programs, are committed to graduate education through the doctorate, and give high priority 

to research. They award 50 or more doctoral degrees each year. There were 104 research 

institutions in the NSOPF-93 sampling frame; 

2.	 Other Ph.D. (public or private): These institutions offer a full range of baccalaureate 

programs and are committed to graduate education through the doctorate. They award 

annually at least 10 doctoral degrees (in three or more disciplines), or 20 or more doctoral 

1

IPEDS is a recurring set of surveys developed and maintained by NCES. Postsecondary education is 

defined by IPEDS as “the provision of a formal instructional program whose curriculum is designed primarily for 

students who have completed the requirements for a high school diploma or its equivalent.” This definition 

includes programs whose purpose is academic, vocational and continuing professional education and excludes 

avocational and adult basic education. IPEDS encompasses all institutional providers of postsecondary education 

in the United States and its outlying areas. For more information on IPEDS data used in this study, see National 

Center for Education Statistics, IPEDS Manual for Users (Washington, D.C.: National Center for Education 

Statistics, 1991). This manual is also distributed with IPEDS data on CD-ROM. 2

See A Classification of Institutions of Higher Education, (Princeton, N.J.: The Carnegie Foundation for 

the Advancement of Teaching), 1987. Out of the 3,256 institutions, 278 could not be classified. Carnegie staff 

supplied updates for 81 institutions; the remaining group of unclassified institutions were designated as 

“unknown” on the NSOPF-93 sampling frame. 

100 
degrees in one or more disciplines. There were 109 other Ph.D. institutions in the NSOPF93 sampling frame;3 

3.	 Comprehensive colleges and universities (public or private): These institutions offer a full 

range of baccalaureate programs and are committed to graduate education through the 

master's degree. They award 20 or more master's degrees annually in one or more disciplines. 

There were 578 comprehensive institutions in the NSOPF-93 sampling frame; 

4.	 Liberal arts colleges (public or private): These institutions are primarily undergraduate 

colleges with major emphasis on baccalaureate degree programs. There were 578 liberal arts 

institutions in the NSOPF-93 sampling frame; 

5.	 Two-year colleges (public or private): These institutions offer associate of arts certificate or 

degree programs and, with few exceptions, offer no baccalaureate degrees. There were 1,107 

2-year institutions in the NSOPF-93 sampling frame; 

6.	 Independent medical institutions (public or private): Those not considered as part of a 4-year 

college or university. There were 52 independent medical institutions in the NSOPF-93 

sampling frame; 

7.	 Religious colleges (private only): There were 309 religious institutions in the NSOPF-93 

sampling frame; 

8.	 Other (public/private): Includes a wide range of professional and other specialized degreegranting colleges and universities. There were 222 other specialized institutions in the 

NSOPF-93 sampling frame; and 

9.	 Unknown (public/private): There were 197 institutions on the NSOPF-93 sampling frame that 

did not have a Carnegie classification. 

First Stage Sampling 

Since there are no public religious institutions, the cross-classification of control by type had 17 cells. 

However, the desired sampling rates for three of the cells—public research, private research, and public 

“other Ph.D.”—were so close to 100 percent that it was appropriate to sample all of the institutions in 

those cells. Therefore, a single sampling stratum was constructed for these institutions, and all institutions 

were selected in that stratum (i.e., selected with certainty). Grouping these institutions together was 

appropriate from a sampling design and selection standpoint, although this stratum does not comprise a 

group of analytic interest. 

4 Institutions in the 14 other strata were referred to as “noncertainty” institutions. The stratum sample sizes, 

determined by a preliminary pass through the 14 strata, were allocated proportional to the total estimated 

3“Other Ph.D.” institutions are included in the institutions noted as “Doctoral” in the body of the report. 

4

The “noncertainty” sampling strata were broken down as follows: private, other Ph.D.; public, 

comprehensive; private, comprehensive; public, liberal arts; private, liberal arts; public, medical; private, medical; 

private, religious (there are no public religious colleges); public, two-year; private, two-year; public, other; private, 

other; public, unknown; and private, unknown. 

101 
number of faculty and instructional staff in each stratum. In those strata, the first stage selections were 

made using stratified sampling with probabilities within each stratum proportional to the expected numbers 

of faculty and instructional staff. Systematic probability proportional to size (PPS) sampling was used 

with measure of size (MOS) equal to 41 or the estimated number of faculty (and instructional staff), 

whichever was larger. MOS was defined as the total number of faculty and instructional staff as specified 

in the most recent IPEDS Fall Staff Survey available (1989-90). Of the 3,256 institutions listed on the 

sample frame, 3,106 had a MOS available. For the remaining 150 (4.6 percent) institutions for which 

faculty data were missing, MOS was imputed. 

In systematic sampling, the order in which the institutions are listed on the frame is important, as it reflects 

an implicit stratification. Within each stratum the institutions were sorted by MOS in a “serpentine” 

manner, i.e., if one stratum was in ascending order by MOS, the next was descending, the one after that 

was ascending, and so on. This procedure helped to balance the sample with respect to institution size 

(based on number of faculty). A total of 789 institutions were initially selected and later supplemented with 

185 institutions for a total of 974 selected in the first-stage. 

Institutions were selected in two replicates. The first replicate “Pool 1” contained the initial sample of 

noncertainty and certainty institutions. The second replicate “Pool 2” was sorted into random order within 

strata and contained only noncertainty institutions. Institutions that were determined ineligible or could not 

be recruited after extensive follow-up were replaced at random by institutions within the same explicit 

stratum in Pool 2. Replacement institutions for the certainty stratum were selected at random from similar 

strata. (“Other Ph.D.,” “Public Comprehensive,” and “Private Comprehensive” sampling strata were used 

for this purpose.) 

Second Stage Sampling 

At the second stage of sample selection, the NSOPF-93 sampling frame consisted of lists of faculty and 

instructional staff obtained from 817 participating institutions. Each institution was randomly assigned a 

target total sample size, say n, of either 41 or 42 faculty to yield the desired average sample size of 41.5. 

Whenever an institution had fewer than 42 individuals, all faculty and instructional staff were selected. 

5 Otherwise, the following oversampling sizes were used to select groups to ensure their adequate

representation in the sample and to meet NSF and NEH analytic objectives: full-time females (3.36), blacks 

or Hispanics (5.60), Asians or Pacific Islanders (1.12), faculty in four NEH disciplines 

(2.24)—philosophy/religion, foreign languages, English language and literature, and history—and all 

others (0.00). All listed individuals who would qualify for more than one group were assigned to the group 

for which the oversampling rate (here defined as the oversample size divided by the number of individuals 

qualifying for the group) was largest. These five groups were used as strata for sampling faculty. The 

residual sample size (n minus the sum of the oversample sizes) was allocated across the five strata in 

proportion to the number of faculty in the strata. Then, the total sample in each stratum (consisting of the 

oversample size plus the proportionally allocated residual) was specified by simple random sampling 

without replacement, with the sampling independent from one faculty stratum to the next. For more details 

about second stage sampling, refer to the 1993 National Study of Postsecondary Faculty: Methodology 

Report [NCES 97-467]. 

5

The oversample size for a group is the difference between the expected sample size for the group and the 

expected sample size that would have been attained if all faculty had been sampled at the same rate, i.e., in the 

absence of oversampling. 

102 
Data Collection and Response Rates 

Prior to data collection, it was first necessary to obtain cooperation from the sampled institutions. Each 

institution was asked to provide annotated lists of all faculty and instructional staff according to the 

eligibility (and oversampling) criteria needed for second stage sampling. Between October 1992 and early 

March 1993, 26 institutions in the original sample were replaced by randomly selected comparable 

institutions (from Pool 2): 5 because they were ineligible and 21 because they were determined to be final 

refusals. After trying to gain cooperation from the initial sample of 789 institutions for almost six months, 

it was determined that a certain number of other institutions were unlikely to participate in the study. 

These institutions were identified in March 1993 and 159 additional institutions were randomly selected 

within the relevant strata (from Pool 2). 

Project staff tried to gain cooperation from original and replacement (or supplemental) institutions 

simultaneously.6 Of the 974 institutions in the total sample, 12 (1.2 percent) were found to be ineligible.7 

Ineligible institutions included those which had closed or which had merged with other institutions, satellite 

campuses that were not independent units, and institutions that did not grant any degrees or certificates. A 

total of 817 eligible institutions agreed to participate (i.e., to provide a list of faculty and instructional 

staff), for a list participation rate of 84.9 percent (83.4 percent, weighted). 

Faculty data collection was conducted between January and December 1993, with a two-month hiatus 

during July and August while most faculty and instructional staff were on summer break. The faculty 

survey relied on a multi-modal data collection design which combined an initial mailed questionnaire with 

mail and telephone prompting supplemented by computer-assisted telephone interviewing (CATI). 

Questionnaire and follow-up mailings were sent out in large waves between January and July 1993 as the 

lists were received, sampled, and processed. Coordinators at the participating institutions who signed 

NCES's affidavit of nondisclosure and confidentiality also assisted in the effort by prompting 

nonrespondents to return their completed questionnaires to NORC. Of the 31,354 faculty and instructional 

8 staff sampled, 1,590 (5.1 percent) were found to be ineligible, which included staff who were deceased or

no longer at the institution, staff who did not have a Fall 1992 teaching assignment, and teaching assistants. 

A total of 25,780 questionnaires were completed for a response rate of 86.6 percent (84.4 percent, 

weighted). The overall faculty response rate (institution list participation rate × faculty questionnaire 

response rate) was 73.5 percent (70.4 percent, weighted). 

Institution data collection was conducted between September 1993 and May 1994. The institution survey 

combined a mailed questionnaire with mail and telephone prompting directed at both participating (817 

institutions which submitted faculty lists) and nonparticipating institutions (145 institutions), for an eligible 

6

Since the Pool 2 institutions were additional random selections into the sample, the effect of using Pool 2 

institutions is no different than if a larger number of institutions had been selected initially and the pools had not 

been used at all. The response rates for Pool 1 institutions, and for Pool 1 and Pool 2 institutions combined, have 

the same expected value. Since it is based on a larger sample, the response rate for Pool 1 and Pool 2 combined is a 

more accurate estimator of the population response rate. 7

When ineligible institutions were excluded from the sample, the sum of weights for eligible institutions 

was 3,188, rather than the 3,256 institutions specified in the sampling frame. 8

Initially, 33,354 faculty were sampled. To reduce costs, 2,000 nonresponding faculty and instructional 

staff were randomly eliminated from the sample through subsampling in August 1993. A higher proportion of 

part-time faculty and instructional staff were eliminated than remained; this was taken into account in the 

calculation of faculty weights. 

103 
sample of 962 institutions. For 385 (44 percent) of the self-administered questionnaires completed, the 

institutional coordinator who had provided the original list was the main respondent, although other 

institution staff usually contributed to the effort. A total of 872 institution questionnaires were completed 

for a response rate of 90.6 percent (93.5 percent, weighted). 

Best Estimates of Faculty 

In comparing the weighted estimates based on the lists of faculty and instructional staff provided by 

institutions with those based on the institution questionnaires, several patterns emerged that were contrary 

to expected results. Although some variance in the estimates based on the lists and the institution 

questionnaires was expected, the magnitude of the difference was larger than anticipated. This, in and of 

itself, was not seen as a problem since the estimates were from two different sources. What was less 

plausible were the trends in the estimates of part-time faculty between NSOPF-88 and NSOPF-93. The 

institution survey showed a 5 percent increase in the estimate of part-time faculty between the fall of 1987 

and the fall of 1992. The faculty survey, based on the lists of faculty and instructional staff provided by 

the institution, showed no change in the percentage of part-time faculty between the two points in time. 

The weighted estimates based on the lists also showed a 37.5 percent decrease in the number of health 

sciences faculty and instructional staff from the fall of 1987 to the fall of 1992. Institution recontact was 

necessary to resolve these discrepancies and to determine the “best estimates” of total, full- and part-time 

faculty and instructional staff. 

The best estimates were derived following a reconciliation and verification recontact with a subset of 

institutions which had discrepancies of 10 percent or greater between the total number enumerated on the 

faculty list used for sampling and the total number reported on the institution questionnaire. The recontact 

effort also included 120 institutions identified by NCES as employing health sciences faculty. 

9 Of the 760 “matched” institutions (i.e., institutions which provided both a completed institution

questionnaire and a list of faculty and instructional staff), 450 (59 percent) had a discrepancy of 10 percent 

or more between the questionnaire and the list, and 61 of the 450 had health sciences faculty. 

Of the 817 institutions who provided lists of faculty and instructional staff, 509 institutions (450 with 10 

percent or greater discrepancies plus an additional 59 institutions with health sciences faculty) were 

recontacted. Before recontacting each institution, each discrepancy was reviewed to eliminate obvious 

clerical or list posting errors. A best estimate was obtained for 492 (or 96.7 percent) of these institutions. 

It is important to point out that 118 of the reconciled institutions were unable to provide a specific reason 

for the discrepancies. For the 374 that provided reasons, the most commonly cited reason was the omission 

of some part- or full-time faculty from the list provided for sampling faculty. This occurred for 107 

institutions. Some institutions included certain types of medical faculty in one set of estimates, but not in 

the other. Downsizing affected faculty counts at several institutions. Another factor in the discrepancies 

was the time interval (in some instances a year or more) between the time the list of faculty and 

9

A total of 929 of the 962 eligible institutions (96.6 percent) participated in the survey in some way — 

either by completing an institution questionnaire or by submitting a faculty list. A total of 872 institutions 

completed institution questionnaires and 817 institutions provided faculty lists. Of the 817 institutions which 

submitted faculty lists, 760 also completed an institution questionnaire. Therefore, “matched” data — counts of 

the total number of faculty at the institution drawn from the faculty list and from the institution questionnaire — 

are available for only these 760 institutions. 

104 
instructional staff was compiled and the time the institution questionnaire was completed. The list did not 

always include new hires for the fall term, which were counted in the institution questionnaire. Some 

institutions provided “full-time equivalents” (FTE's) on the institution questionnaire rather than the actual 

headcount of part-time staff that was requested. In some instances, however, where part-time faculty and 

instructional staff were overreported (on either the list or the questionnaire) the reason involved confusion 

between the pool of part-time or temporary staff employed by, or available to, the institution and the 

number actually employed during the fall semester. 

NORC used data gathered in the recontacting effort to adjust the original list of faculty and instructional 

staff to incorporate recontacted institutions' best estimates into the final estimates. The first step in this 

process used as its starting point the original list, which reported totals for full-, part-time, and total faculty 

and instructional staff for each of the 817 participating institutions. However, in some cases, institutions 

which supplied a total number did not supply a breakdown of the total number into full- and part-time 

components.10 For these institutions, NORC used a two-step procedure of deriving best estimates: first, 

deriving “best total estimates” and, second, deriving “best full-time estimates.” Best estimates for part-time 

staff were simply calculated by subtracting the number of full-time staff from the total number at each 

institution. 

The next step in calculating best total estimates involved the substitution of the verified counts from the 

492 institutions NORC recontacted. If an institution verified the counts from its original faculty list or was 

unable to confirm other estimates, the original list estimate was retained as the best estimate. If the 

institution verified the institution questionnaire data as a more accurate estimate, questionnaire data were 

substituted for original list data as the best estimate. If the institution provided a different set of estimates, 

the new estimates were substituted for counts based on original list data. 

Institutions which were nonrespondents in the verification effort and which had discrepancies of 10 percent 

or greater between the estimates of faculty and instructional staff based on the lists provided by institutions 

and those based on the institution questionnaire were adjusted by multiplying the ratio of verified counts to 

original counts for the 492 recontacted institutions by the original list count. Original list data were used 

for the institutions which were not selected for recontact. For all 817 institutions, the source of the final 

best estimates was as follows: 

460 (56.3 percent) used original list data; 

280 (34.3 percent) used questionnaire data; 

61 (7.5 percent) used new estimates (other than questionnaire or original list data); and 

16 (1.9 percent) were ratio-adjusted. 

During the reconciliation effort, some ineligible faculty and instructional staff were excluded from the 

institution-level totals. This happened if recontacted institutions reported that the original faculty list had 

included ineligible faculty. This information was supplied by 23 institutions. It is assumed that faculty 

population estimates derived from the best estimate calculations include only eligible faculty. For more 

discussion of the verification process and calculation of best estimates, see the 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty: Methodology Report [NCES 97-467]. 

10Eighty-four of the 817 institutions did not specify the employment status (i.e., full- or part-time) of 

faculty and instructional staff on their original lists. 

105 
Weight Calculations 

The weights for both the institution and faculty samples were designed to adjust for differential 

probabilities of selection and nonresponse. (For a detailed description of the weighting process, see the 

1993 National Study of Postsecondary Faculty: Methodology Report) [NCES 97-467]. Weights for the 

institution sample were constructed in three steps. First, the institution's base weight—equal to the 

reciprocal of its probability of selection into the sample—was calculated. (This step reflected the several 

steps used to select the institutions from sample Pool 1 and sample Pool 2.) Second, the base weights were 

adjusted for institutions that had merged and so were effectively listed multiple times in the sampling 

frame.11 Finally, a nonresponse adjustment factor was applied to the weights to compensate for institutionlevel nonresponse. A review of the data indicated that post-stratification adjustment was not needed. 

Weights for the faculty sample were computed in four steps. First, the base conditional selection 

probabilities were calculated; these reflected the selection rates for faculty members given that their 

institutions were sampled. In this step, the initial selection probabilities also were adjusted to reflect the 

exclusion of a random subsample of faculty. (See footnote 8.) Then the reciprocals of these selection 

probabilities were calculated to yield base conditional weights. Second, these weights were multiplied by 

the first-stage nonresponse-adjusted weights to yield second-stage sampling weights adjusted for 

institutional nonresponse. Third, a second-stage nonresponse adjustment factor was applied to these latter 

weights to compensate for nonresponse by faculty members. Fourth, the nonresponse-adjusted weights 

were poststratified to the best estimates of total, full-, and part-time faculty and instructional staff by 

sampling stratum. 

The poststratification adjustment should reduce sampling variability, and more importantly reduce any 

reporting biases and bias due to undercoverage of the faculty sampling frame. Poststratification provides a 

means of weighting the faculty respondents to represent all faculty on the original faculty sampling frame 

as well as faculty missed on the frame. The method is entirely analogous to the nonresponse adjustment, 

where faculty respondents are weighted up to represent themselves as well as the faculty nonrespondents. 

While the nonresponse adjustment is based upon the assumption that the means of respondents and 

nonrespondents are similar, the poststratification adjustment is based upon the assumption that the means 

of covered faculty and missed faculty are similar. Neither assumption is perfect, but the resulting estimates 

are thought to be more accurate than they would be in the absence of the adjustments. 

Imputation of Missing Data 

Item nonresponse occurred when a respondent did not answer one or more survey questions. The item 

nonresponse rates were generally low for the institution and faculty questionnaires, since missing critical 

(and selected other) items were retrieved by interviewers. The NSOPF-93 faculty questionnaire had a mean 

item nonresponse rate of .103 for 395 items in six sections. The NSOPF-93 institution questionnaire had a 

11After the sample was selected and institutions were contacted, NORC discovered that a few of the 

institutions in the sample had merged with other institutions on the sampling frame. Since a merged institution 

would be in the sample if any listing of the institution was selected from the frame, its weight must be reduced 

accordingly. 

106
 
mean item nonresponse rate of .101 for 283 items in four sections. 12 Imputation for item nonresponse was 

performed for each survey item, to make the study results more inclusive.13 “Don't know” responses were 

treated as item nonresponse and imputed for both the institution and faculty questionnaires. However, a 

second imputation was done for selected items in the faculty questionnaire with “don't know” responses, 

where this caused 30 percent or more of the responses to be eligible for imputation. In the second 

imputation, “don't knows” were treated as legitimate responses, and only in a case where there was no 

response to a survey item was imputation performed. For these items, in the second imputation, missing 

responses were imputed across all response categories, including the don't know category. This was done 

to allow researchers to choose how to treat don't knows in their analyses. Not applicable (“NA”) responses 

were not imputed since these represented respondents who were not eligible to answer the relevant item. 

Imputation was performed using several procedures. Missing gender, race, and employment status data on 

the faculty data file were imputed directly from information supplied by institutions on the lists used for 

sampling faculty and instructional staff, whenever this information was available. 

Two statistical procedures, regression-based and hot-deck, were employed to impute other missing data on 

both data files. Regression-based imputation was used for continuous and dichotomous variables. Hotdeck imputation was used for all other variables. The type of imputation used was recorded by setting the 

appropriate value of the imputation flag for each survey item. 

Sources of Error 

The survey estimates provided in the NSOPF-93 analytical reports, published by NCES, are subject to two 

sources of error: sampling errors and nonsampling errors. Sampling errors occur because the estimates 

are based on a sample of individuals in the population rather than on the entire population. Sampling 

errors can be quantified using statistical procedures in which a variance estimate is calculated. In the 

reports, the variance estimate is a standard error for the mean or proportion (including percent). The 

standard error measures the variability of the sample estimator in repeated sampling, using the same sample 

design and sample size. It indicates the variability of a sample estimator that would be obtained from all 

possible samples of a given design and size. Standard errors are used as a measure of the precision 

expected from a particular sample. If all possible samples were surveyed under similar conditions, 

intervals of 1.96 standard errors below to 1.96 standard errors above a mean or proportion would include 

the true population parameter in about 95 percent of the samples. In general, for large sample sizes (n 

greater than or equal to 30) and for estimates of the mean or the proportion, the intervals described above 

provide a 95 percent confidence interval. If sample sizes are too small, or if the parameters being estimated 

are not means or proportions, then these intervals may not correspond to the 95 percent confidence level. 

The standard errors may be used to calculate confidence intervals around each estimate and to compare two 

or more estimates to determine if the observed differences are statistically significant. For example, Table 

12The item nonresponse rate is defined as the ratio of the total number of nonresponses to the total number 

of individuals eligible to respond to a questionnaire item. The mean item nonresponse rates reported here are the 

unweighted means of the item nonresponse rates for all items on the questionnaires. For a full description of item 

nonresponse, see the 1993 National Study of Postsecondary Faculty: Methodology Report [NCES 97-467]. 13For more information on imputation of missing data in sample surveys, see Kalton, Graham and Daniel 

Kasprzyk, “Imputing for Missing Survey Responses.” Paper presented at 1982 Proceedings of the Section on 

Survey Research Methods, American Statistical Association; Kalton, Graham and Daniel Kasprzyk, “The 

Treatment of Missing Survey Data,” Survey Methodology 12 (1) (June 1986), pp. 1-16. 

107
 
3.1 in this report shows that full-time instructional faculty and staff reported that they worked an estimated 

average of 52.5 hours per week in the fall term of 1992. The standard error of that estimate is .21 hours 

(Table T3.1). The 95 percent confidence interval for the statistic extends from 52.1 [52.5 ! (1.96 × .21)] 

to 52.9 [52.5 + (1.96 × .21)] or from 52.1 to 52.9 hours per week. Standard errors for all estimates 

presented in this report's tables were computed using a technique known as Taylor series approximation. A 

computer program, SUDAAN,14 was used to calculate the standard errors. Those opting to calculate 

variances with the Taylor-series approximation method should use a “with replacement” type variance 

formula. Specialized computer programs, such as SUDAAN and CENVAR15 calculate variances with the 

Taylor-series approximation method. 

Comparisons noted in this report are significant at the .05 level. The significance of the difference 

between the overall mean (i.e., the mean of the entire population) and a subgroup mean (e.g., between the 

mean salary of all faculty in all institutions and the mean salary of all faculty in public doctoral 

institutions) was tested using a t-test in which the standard error of the difference was adjusted for the 

covariance between the subgroup and the total group. The exact formula for the appropriate t-test is: 

XS & XT t' 2 2 2 

seS %seT &2(p)seS 

where XT and seT are the mean and standard error for the total group, XS and seS are the 

mean and standard error for the subgroup, and p is the proportion of the total group contained in the 

subgroup. 

When multiple pairwise comparisons were made, the acceptable minimum significance level was 

decreased by means of the Bonferroni adjustment.16 This adjustment takes into account the increased 

likelihood, when making multiple comparisons, of finding significant pairwise differences simply by 

chance. With this adjustment, the significance level being used for each comparison (.05) is divided by the 

total number of comparisons being made. 

Sample estimates also are subject to bias from nonsampling errors. It is more difficult to measure the 

magnitude of these errors. They can arise for a variety of reasons: nonresponse, undercoverage, 

differences in the respondent's interpretation of the meaning of questions, memory effects, misrecording of 

responses, incorrect editing, coding, and data entry, time effects, or errors in data processing. For example, 

undercoverage (in which institutions did not provide a complete enumeration of eligible faculty) and listing 

of ineligible faculty necessitated the “best estimates” correction to the NSOPF-93 faculty population 

estimates. For a more detailed discussion of the undercoverage problem, refer to the 1993 National Study 

of Postsecondary Faculty: Methodology Report [NCES 97-467]. Whereas general sampling theory can be 

used, in part, to determine how to estimate the sampling variability of a statistic, nonsampling errors are 

14Shah, Babubhai V., Beth G. Barnwell, and Gayle S. Bieler, SUDAAN User’s Manual Release 6.4. 

(Research Triangle Park, N.C.: Research Triangle Institute), 1995. 15U.S. Bureau of the Census, CENVAR IMPS Version 3.1 (Washington D.C.: U.S. Bureau of the Census), 

1995. 16For an explanation of the Bonferroni adjustment for multiple comparisons, see Miller, Rupert G., 

Simultaneous Statistical Inference (New York: McGraw Hill Co.), 1981 or Dunn, Olive Jean, “Multiple 

Comparisons Among Means,” Journal of the American Statistical Association 56 (293), (March 1961), pp. 52-64. 

108
 
 

not easy to measure. Measurement of nonsampling errors usually requires the incorporation of a 

methodological experiment into the survey or the use of external data to assess and verify survey results. 

To minimize the potential for nonsampling errors, the faculty and institution questionnaires (as well as the 

sample design, data collection, and data processing procedures) were field-tested with a national probability 

sample of 136 postsecondary institutions and 636 faculty members in 1992. To evaluate reliability, a 

subsample of faculty respondents were re-interviewed. An extensive item nonresponse analysis of the 

questionnaires also was conducted followed by additional evaluation of the instruments and survey 

procedures.17 An item nonresponse analysis also was conducted for the full-scale surveys. See the 1993 

National Study of Postsecondary Faculty: Methodology Report [NCES 97-467] for a detailed description 

of the item nonresponse analysis. 

In addition, for the full-scale surveys, a computer-based editing system was used to check data for range 

errors, logical inconsistencies, and erroneous skip patterns. For erroneous skip patterns, values were 

logically assigned on the basis of the presence or absence of responses within the skip pattern whenever 

feasible, given the responses. Missing or inconsistent critical items were retrieved. Some small 

inconsistencies between different data elements remained in the data files. In these situations, it was 

impossible to resolve the ambiguity as reported by the respondent. All data were keyed with 100 percent 

verification of a randomly selected subsample of 10 percent of all questionnaires received. 

Replicate Weights 

Thirty-two replicate weights are provided on the data files for users who prefer another method of variance 

estimation. These weights implement the balanced half-sample (BHS) method of variance estimation,18 and 

they have been created to handle the certainty stratum and to incorporate finite population correction 

® 19 factors for each of the 14 noncertainty strata. Two widely available software packages, WesVarPC , and 

PC CARP,20 have capabilities to use replicate weights to estimate variances. 

Analysts should be cautious about use of BHS-estimated variances that relate to one stratum or to a group 

of two or three strata. Such variance estimates may be based upon far fewer than 32 replicates, and thus 

the variance of the variance estimator may be large. 

A Note About Estimates Based Upon Small Samples 

Analysts who use either the restricted use faculty file or the institution file should also be cautious about 

cross-classifying data so deeply that the resulting estimates are based upon a very small number of 

observations. Analysts should interpret the accuracy of NSOPF-93 statistics in light of estimated standard 

errors and of the number of observations used in the statistics. 

17A complete description of the field test design and results can be found in Abraham, Sameer Y., et al., 

1992-93 National Study of Postsecondary Faculty: Field Test Report (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of 

Education, National Center for Education Statistics [NCES:93-390]), February 1994. 18For a discussion of the balanced half-sample (BHS) method of variance estimation, see Wolter, Kirk M., 

Introduction to Variance Estimation (New York: Springer-Verlag), 1985, pp. 110-152. 19 Westat, Inc., ® A User's Guide to WesVarPC , Version 2.0 (Rockville, Md.: Westat, Inc.), 1996. 20Fuller, Wayne C., et al., PC CARP IV. (Ames, Iowa: Statistical Laboratory, Iowa State University), 

1986. 

109 
Comparability of NSOPF-88 and NSOPF-93 Faculty Questionnaire Data 

In this report, the entire sample of 1988 faculty is compared with a subset of the 1993 faculty who 

responded “yes” to Question 1, and then said in Question 1a that “all” or “some of your instructional duties 

related to credit courses or advising or supervising academic activities for credit.” These questions are 

almost identical to the first two questions on the NSOPF-88 faculty questionnaire. This definition of 

instructional faculty selects approximately 90 percent of the NSOPF-93 sample for analysis. The 

proportion of total faculty instructional faculty represent is consistent with that reported on the institutional 

questionnaire (see Table 2.3 of Institutional Policies and Practices [NCES 97-080]). 

A look at the distribution of faculty across institution types (discussed in the introduction to this report) 

indicates that the selection criteria described above yield comparable faculty population estimates. A 

comparison of the percentage distribution of all instructional faculty and staff, full-time instructional 

faculty and staff and part-time instructional faculty and staff between NSOPF-88 and NSOPF-93 reveals 

that percentage distribution in each year is quite similar, although a larger proportion of faculty in two-year 

schools in 1993 is observed. In addition, data reported on NSOPF-93 are consistent with data reported on 

surveys conducted by the American Association of University Professors and by NCES’s Integrated 

Postsecondary Education Data System. 

However, comparisons between NSOPF-88 and NSOPF-93 should be made cautiously. The respondents 

who received questionnaires in the two rounds were very different. For NSOPF-88, instructions to 

institutions that supplied faculty lists used for sampling asked that only the names of instructional faculty 

be supplied. For NSOPF-93, a listing of all faculty was requested. Thus, for NSOPF-88, each institution 

was allowed to make its own decision about which faculty members belonged in the sample, thereby 

creating a situation that does not allow researchers to precisely match the de facto sample definition used 

by institutions in NSOPF-88. 

Program Areas 

Throughout this report, fields in which faculty teach are grouped into 10 categories. These are described 

below: 

Agriculture and home economics: includes agribusiness, agricultural sciences, renewable resources, other 

agriculture, and home economics. 

Business: includes business, accounting, banking and finance, business administration and management, 

business administrative support, human resources development, organizational behavior, marketing and 

distribution, and other business. 

Education: includes general education, basic skills, bilingual and cross-cultural education, curriculum and 

instruction, education administration, education evaluation and research, educational psychology, special 

education, student counseling and personnel, other education, teacher education-unspecified, 

pre-elementary, elementary, secondary, adult and continuing, other general teacher ed. programs, and 

teacher education in specific subjects. 

Engineering: includes general, civil, electrical, mechanical, chemical, and other engineering; and 

engineering-related technologies. 

110
 
Fine arts: includes art history and appreciation, crafts, dance, design, dramatic arts, film arts, fine arts, 

music, music history and appreciation, and other visual or performing arts. 

Health sciences: includes health sciences-unspecified, allied health technologies, dentistry, health services 

administration, medicine, nursing, pharmacy, public health, veterinary medicine, and other health sciences. 

Humanities: includes general English, composition, American literature, English literature, linguistics, 

speech, English as second language, other English, foreign languages, philosophy, religion, and history. 

Natural sciences: includes computer science-unspecified, computer and information sciences, computer 

programming, data processing, systems analysis, biochemistry, biology, botany, genetics, immunology, 

microbiology, physiology, zoology, physical sciences-unspecified, astronomy, chemistry, physics, 

geological sciences, mathematics, and statistics. 

Social sciences: includes psychology, social sciences-unspecified, general social sciences, anthropology, 

archeology, area and ethnic studies, demography, economics, geography international relations, political 

science, sociology, and other social sciences. 

Other: includes architecture, communications, industrial arts, law, library and archival sciences, military 

studies, multi-interdisciplinary studies, parks and recreation, theology, protective services, public affairs, 

science technologies, vocational training (i.e., construction trades, consumer services, mechanics and 

repairers, precision production, and transportation), and fields coded as “other.” 

Estimates for the category of health sciences are not shown separately, but included in the totals. This is 

explained below. 

A Special Note About Estimates of Health Sciences Faculty 

Problems with estimates of health sciences faculty could only be partly rectified by the creation of new best 

estimates. The reconciliation effort helped to identify some institutions that failed to list health science 

faculty on their original faculty lists. However, because faculty list data recorded faculty members’ 

disciplines only for faculty in the four NEH disciplines, it was impossible to poststratify to best estimates 

for health science faculty. 

Health science faculty are more likely to perform individualized instruction or noncredit teaching activities 

than are other types of faculty participating in NSOPF-93. The largest concentration of faculty who 

conducted individualized instruction but who did not teach courses, was found in the health sciences. Of the 

estimated 76,200 faculty who conducted individualized instruction and taught no other course, 31,201, or 

41 percent, of the total were health sciences faculty. The next largest group of faculty meeting these criteria 

were found in the natural sciences (8,805 or 11.6 percent). Because of the importance of individualized 

instruction to health sciences faculty, selecting for analysis only those faculty who had any for-credit 

instructional responsibilities may have the unintended consequence of excluding a greater number of health 

sciences faculty than is warranted. 

Because differences between health science faculty and other types of faculty persist despite reconciliation, 

health sciences faculty were included only in the totals in this report. In the 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty: Methodology Report [NCES 97-467], the problem with health science estimates is 

discussed further and recommendations are made for future rounds of NSOPF. 

111
 
APPENDIX C
 

STANDARD ERROR
 

TABLES
 
Table T2.1—Standard errors of number and percentage of higher education instructional faculty and staff, by 

employment status and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Instructional 

faculty and staff 

Employment status 

Full-time Part-time 

1992

 All institutions1 20,399.96 0.94 0.94 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

14,179.28 

10,520.82 

7,380.00 

6,340.63 

6,475.32 

4,249.69 

3,955.64 

12,192.90 

3,617.62 

1.72 

6.41 

2.89 

3.72 

2.33 

3.45 

2.92 

1.28 

3.84 

1.72 

6.41 

2.89 

3.72 

2.33 

3.45 

2.92 

1.28 

3.84 

1987

 All institutions1 20,725.28 1.19 1.19 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

8,773.84 

5,536.52 

5,192.55 

8,251.81 

9,196.03 

3,948.92 

4,947.11 

11,375.99 

4,512.67 

2.13 

4.09 

1.68 

6.36 

2.33 

3.63 

4.59 

2.25 

5.09 

2.13 

4.09 

1.68 

6.36 

2.33 

3.63 

4.59 

2.25 

5.09 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

115
 
Table T2.2—Standard errors of number and percentage of higher education instructional faculty and staff in 

4-year institutions, by employment status and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year Instructional Employment status 

faculty and staff Full-time Part-time 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 16,233.62 1.15 1.15 

Agriculture/home economics 1,452.41 3.18 3.18 

Business 2,652.77 2.86 2.86 

Education 2,731.52 2.62 2.62 

Engineering 2,336.69 3.41 3.41 

Fine arts 3,247.95 2.33 2.33 

Humanities 2,484.92 1.45 1.45 

Natural sciences 3,781.04 1.68 1.68 

Social sciences 2,912.99 2.06 2.06 

All other fields 4,485.12 2.07 2.07 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 17,298.42 1.27 1.27 

Agriculture/home economics 1,816.41 5.63 5.63 

Business 3,496.01 4.36 4.36 

Education 2,154.29 2.43 2.43 

Engineering 2,530.06 3.11 3.11 

Fine arts 3,528.54 3.62 3.62 

Humanities 3,391.56 1.80 1.80 

Natural sciences 4,575.00 2.41 2.41 

Social sciences 3,542.30 2.78 2.78 

All other fields 3,533.02 3.91 3.91 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

116
 
Table T2.3—Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff, by 

academic rank and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Academic rank 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Full 

professor 

Associate 

professor 

Assistant 

professor 

Instructor 

or lecturer 

Other ranks/ 

Not applicable 

1992

 All institutions1 11,450.61 0.73 0.53 0.55 0.56 0.43 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

2.00 

2.99 

1.52 

3.57 

1.57 

1.83 

2.08 

1.51 

3.57 

1.28 

2.58 

1.28 

2.96 

1.02 

1.68 

1.67 

1.09 

2.86 

1.42 

2.19 

1.47 

2.92 

1.01 

1.75 

1.60 

1.12 

2.65 

1.06 

1.79 

0.84 

1.82 

0.78 

1.20 

1.35 

1.85 

2.17 

0.69 

2.18 

0.39 

0.77 

0.30 

1.22 

2.06 

1.20 

4.04 

1987

 All institutions1 13,340.84 1.14 0.86 0.82 0.74 0.74 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

2.50 

3.08 

3.66 

7.45 

2.56 

3.22 

3.10 

2.24 

4.30 

2.27 

2.87 

3.04 

5.25 

2.01 

2.25 

2.72 

1.46 

3.55 

1.73 

2.67 

2.47 

4.96 

1.85 

2.59 

3.27 

1.91 

3.01 

1.11 

1.66 

1.37 

3.32 

1.53 

1.50 

2.02 

2.58 

2.42 

0.12 

1.32 

0.40 

0.04 

0.85 

0.26 

3.31 

2.98 

5.43 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

117
 
Table T2.4—Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff 

in 4-year institutions, by academic rank and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Academic rank 

Program area and year Instructional Full Associate Assistant Instructor Other ranks/ 

faculty and staff professor professor professor or lecturer Not applicable 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,360.41 0.83 0.60 0.62 0.45 0.35 

Agriculture/home economics 1,247.37 5.46 3.82 3.94 2.62 1.40 

Business 1,520.63 1.94 2.10 1.80 1.18 0.61 

Education 1,706.80 1.94 2.60 1.89 1.27 0.93 

Engineering 1,712.21 2.77 2.52 2.32 1.19 0.33 

Fine arts 1,985.64 2.95 2.43 2.25 1.65 2.45 

Humanities 1,666.83 1.39 1.18 1.06 1.08 0.68 

Natural sciences 3,075.74 1.53 1.22 1.17 0.71 0.72 

Social sciences 1,960.52 1.76 1.54 1.50 0.98 0.41 

All other fields 2,551.11 2.09 1.51 1.74 1.08 0.67 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 12,561.73 1.26 1.01 0.91 0.62 0.45 

Agriculture/home economics 1,497.41 5.07 5.41 3.98 2.84 0.19 

Business 2,093.79 3.01 2.80 3.03 2.48 1.99 

Education 1,671.44 2.37 2.30 2.39 2.19 1.02 

Engineering 2,114.78 3.57 3.17 3.05 1.38 0.00 

Fine arts 1,839.03 2.69 2.95 3.01 1.66 2.23 

Humanities 2,699.05 2.06 1.47 1.36 1.09 0.76 

Natural sciences 3,327.39 2.30 1.87 1.70 1.09 0.64 

Social sciences 2,845.25 3.10 2.64 2.56 0.88 0.82 

All other fields 2,313.81 3.33 2.44 3.27 2.11 0.68 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

118
 
Table T2.5—Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff, by 

tenure status and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Tenure status 

Full-time No tenure No tenure 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Tenured 

On tenure 

track 

Not on 

tenure track 

system for 

faculty status 

system at 

institution 

1992

 All institutions1 11,450.61 0.81 0.52 0.45 0.25 0.70 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

1.74 

2.87 

1.60 

3.34 

1.37 

2.37 

2.80 

2.15 

4.76 

1.15 

2.46 

1.44 

3.38 

0.99 

1.65 

1.83 

1.14 

2.40 

1.28 

2.51 

1.36 

2.92 

0.73 

1.26 

1.32 

0.55 

1.55 

0.52 

1.44 

0.51 

1.69 

0.43 

0.74 

0.77 

0.56 

1.04 

0.17 

0.41 

0.13 

1.66 

0.15 

2.00 

3.46 

2.25 

6.58 

1987

 All institutions1 13,340.84 1.19 0.81 0.55 0.35 1.04 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

2.33 

3.24 

2.76 

7.27 

2.06 

3.38 

3.74 

4.10 

5.47 

1.39 

3.53 

2.04 

7.74 

1.86 

3.03 

2.71 

1.40 

3.28 

1.26 

2.60 

2.08 

1.50 

1.05 

1.94 

1.57 

1.19 

1.24 

0.94 

1.09 

0.96 

2.89 

0.54 

1.32 

1.43 

0.57 

1.15 

0.63 

1.24 

0.21 

7.52 

0.71 

1.96 

4.67 

4.26 

5.96 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

119
 
Table T2.6—Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 

4-year institutions by tenure status and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Tenure status 

Full-time No tenure No tenure 

Program area and year instructional On tenure Not on system for system at 

faculty and staff Tenured track tenure track faculty status institution 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,360.41 0.85 0.61 0.54 0.28 0.58 

Agriculture/home economics 1,247.37 4.46 3.89 1.42 2.21 0.46 

Business 1,520.63 2.10 1.79 1.21 0.77 1.22 

Education 1,706.80 2.17 1.67 1.39 0.80 0.88 

Engineering 1,712.21 2.78 2.37 1.28 0.56 1.87 

Fine arts 1,985.64 3.62 2.19 1.40 0.80 4.27 

Humanities 1,666.83 1.53 0.97 0.90 0.73 0.90 

Natural sciences 3,075.74 1.48 1.25 0.76 0.51 0.57 

Social sciences 1,960.52 1.60 1.32 1.09 0.52 0.68 

All other fields 2,551.11 1.80 1.55 1.30 0.96 1.00 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 12,561.73 1.12 0.94 0.63 0.42 0.80 

Agriculture/home economics 1,497.41 3.46 3.41 2.15 2.18 0.30 

Business 2,093.79 3.22 3.25 2.33 1.38 1.61 

Education 1,671.44 2.64 2.10 1.98 1.05 1.35 

Engineering 2,114.78 3.25 3.42 2.29 1.18 0.64 

Fine arts 1,839.03 3.11 2.53 2.29 1.50 2.35 

Humanities 2,699.05 1.84 1.31 0.86 0.76 1.13 

Natural sciences 3,327.39 2.07 1.90 1.19 0.73 1.01 

Social sciences 2,845.25 2.57 2.38 1.00 0.74 1.00 

All other fields 2,313.81 3.50 3.21 1.94 0.98 1.04 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

120
 
Table T2.7—Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff 

with a doctoral or first professional degree, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Have doctoral or first 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

professional degree 

Yes No 

1992

 All institutions1 11,450.61 0.82 0.82 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

0.79 

1.43 

1.22 

1.77 

1.10 

2.35 

3.03 

1.08 

4.92 

0.79 

1.43 

1.22 

1.77 

1.10 

2.35 

3.03 

1.08 

4.92 

1987

 All institutions1 13,340.84 1.13 1.13 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

1.94 

2.73 

2.09 

3.96 

2.29 

3.69 

3.79 

2.08 

4.40 

1.94 

2.73 

2.09 

3.96 

2.29 

3.69 

3.79 

2.08 

4.40 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

121
 
Table T2.8—Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff in 4-year institutions with a doctoral or first professional degree, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Have doctoral or first 

Program area and year instructional professional degree 

faculty and staff Yes No 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,360.41 0.70 0.70 

Agriculture/home economics 1,247.37 3.34 3.34 

Business 1,520.63 2.08 2.08 

Education 1,706.80 1.64 1.64 

Engineering 1,712.21 2.18 2.18 

Fine arts 1,985.64 2.58 2.58 

Humanities 1,666.83 1.24 1.24 

Natural sciences 3,075.74 0.87 0.87 

Social sciences 1,960.52 1.14 1.14 

All other fields 2,551.11 2.16 2.16 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 12,561.73 1.04 1.04 

Agriculture/home economics 1,497.41 3.65 3.65 

Business 2,093.79 3.39 3.39 

Education 1,671.44 2.80 2.80 

Engineering 2,114.78 3.20 3.20 

Fine arts 1,839.03 3.11 3.11 

Humanities 2,699.05 1.58 1.58 

Natural sciences 3,327.39 1.43 1.43 

Social sciences 2,845.25 1.51 1.51 

All other fields 2,313.81 3.15 3.15 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

122
 
Table T2.9—Standard errors of average age and age distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by type and 

control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Average 

age Under 35 35-44 

Age distribution 

45-54 55-64 65-70 71 or older 

1992

 All institutions1 11,450.61 0.12 0.31 0.57 0.53 0.44 0.21 0.09 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

0.34 

0.52 

0.32 

0.63 

0.23 

0.34 

0.36 

0.20 

0.57 

0.79 

1.52 

0.95 

2.41 

0.58 

1.03 

1.02 

0.51 

1.25 

1.62 

3.65 

1.41 

2.14 

0.92 

1.51 

1.28 

0.90 

2.00 

1.45 

2.66 

1.41 

2.08 

1.05 

1.58 

1.60 

0.95 

1.54 

1.16 

1.72 

1.24 

1.37 

1.01 

1.31 

1.48 

0.87 

2.34 

0.66 

0.98 

0.54 

1.03 

0.36 

0.74 

0.58 

0.31 

0.81 

0.21 

0.48 

0.25 

0.66 

0.13 

0.30 

0.37 

0.21 

0.56 

1987

 All institutions1 13,340.84 0.18 0.61 0.82 0.76 0.69 0.43 0.07 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

0.38 

0.66 

0.56 

1.53 

0.42 

0.59 

0.49 

0.37 

0.78 

1.23 

2.41 

2.06 

4.46 

1.10 

1.62 

1.85 

1.34 

1.73 

1.89 

3.24 

2.18 

6.81 

1.58 

2.51 

1.89 

1.82 

3.46 

1.66 

2.18 

2.29 

3.88 

2.03 

2.42 

2.46 

1.76 

2.82 

1.25 

1.89 

1.71 

4.16 

1.99 

1.96 

2.08 

1.47 

3.40 

0.56 

1.33 

1.35 

5.80 

0.48 

1.06 

1.16 

0.57 

1.28 

0.05 

0.00 

0.00 

0.42 

0.11 

0.68 

0.36 

0.00 

0.49 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

123
 
Table T2.10—Standard errors of average age and age distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Age distribution 

Program area and year instructional Average 

faculty and staff age Under 35 35-44 45-54 55-64 65-70 71 or older 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,360.41 0.14 0.38 0.66 0.62 0.50 0.25 0.11 

Agriculture/home economics 1,247.37 0.95 2.90 4.12 4.00 3.32 2.04 1.28 

Business 1,520.63 0.45 1.10 1.95 1.88 1.67 1.01 0.31 

Education 1,706.80 0.34 0.64 1.72 1.75 1.63 0.89 0.16 

Engineering 1,712.21 0.56 2.01 2.48 2.42 2.37 1.14 0.33 

Fine arts 1,985.64 0.42 1.01 1.82 1.97 1.80 0.89 0.24 

Humanities 1,666.83 0.30 0.70 1.08 1.36 1.24 0.55 0.27 

Natural sciences 3,075.74 0.27 0.72 1.30 1.32 1.15 0.55 0.25 

Social sciences 1,960.52 0.37 0.90 1.65 1.58 1.39 0.68 0.34 

All other fields 2,551.11 0.38 1.13 1.64 1.52 1.52 0.64 0.47 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year institutions* 12,561.73 0.21 0.69 0.92 0.85 0.79 0.52 0.08 

Agriculture/home economics 1,497.41 0.80 3.29 3.70 4.90 3.75 1.61 0.00 

Business 2,093.79 0.63 2.00 3.44 3.26 2.81 0.87 0.00 

Education 1,671.44 0.56 1.88 2.18 2.27 2.40 0.71 0.18 

Engineering 2,114.78 0.86 2.44 3.42 3.52 3.79 1.00 0.42 

Fine arts 1,839.03 0.57 2.02 2.83 2.73 1.94 1.02 0.45 

Humanities 2,699.05 0.35 0.73 1.55 1.72 1.76 0.81 0.20 

Natural sciences 3,327.39 0.39 1.16 2.01 2.05 1.53 0.70 0.20 

Social sciences 2,845.25 0.59 1.42 2.92 2.39 2.30 1.22 0.38 

All other fields 2,313.81 0.75 2.15 3.06 2.96 2.52 2.20 0.32 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

124
 
Table T2.11—Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty 

and staff, by sex and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Male 

Sex 

Female 

1992

 All institutions1 11,450.61 0.52 0.52 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

1.06 

1.94 

1.18 

1.53 

0.83 

1.90 

2.35 

1.02 

3.35 

1.06 

1.94 

1.18 

1.53 

0.83 

1.90 

2.35 

1.02 

3.35 

1987

 All institutions1 13,340.84 0.83 0.83 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

1.65 

2.98 

1.98 

5.70 

1.72 

3.31 

2.97 

2.05 

3.55 

1.65 

2.98 

1.98 

5.70 

1.72 

3.31 

2.97 

2.05 

3.55 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

125
 
Table T2.12—Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff 

in 4-year institutions, by sex and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff Male 

Sex 

Female 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,360.41 0.53 0.53 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,247.37 

1,520.63 

1,706.80 

1,712.21 

1,985.64 

1,666.83 

3,075.74 

1,960.52 

2,551.11 

3.88 

1.67 

1.84 

1.05 

1.89 

1.32 

0.99 

1.29 

1.53 

3.88 

1.67 

1.84 

1.05 

1.89 

1.32 

0.99 

1.29 

1.53 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 12,561.73 0.88 0.88 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,497.41 

2,093.79 

1,671.44 

2,114.78 

1,839.03 

2,699.05 

3,327.39 

2,845.25 

2,313.81 

5.92 

2.91 

2.73 

1.31 

2.97 

1.54 

1.49 

2.26 

3.22 

5.92 

2.91 

2.73 

1.31 

2.97 

1.54 

1.49 

2.26 

3.22 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

126
 
Table T2.13—Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff, by race/ethnicity and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

American 

Race/ethnicity 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Indian/ 

Alaskan 

Native 

Asian/ 

Pacific 

Islander 

Black, 

non-Hispanic Hispanic 

White, 

non-Hispanic 

1992

 All institutions1 11,450.61 0.06 0.25 0.40 0.18 0.53 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

0.07 

0.17 

0.20 

0.10 

0.14 

0.10 

0.23 

0.20 

0.32 

0.69 

1.36 

0.58 

1.35 

0.49 

0.47 

0.40 

0.44 

1.71 

0.31 

2.20 

0.29 

1.34 

1.52 

0.82 

2.27 

0.78 

1.15 

0.38 

0.53 

0.36 

0.95 

0.51 

0.30 

0.32 

0.53 

0.40 

0.78 

2.47 

0.73 

2.28 

1.70 

1.15 

2.57 

1.16 

2.58 

1987

 All institutions1 13,340.84 0.13 0.44 0.53 0.24 0.73 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

0.29 

0.00 

0.50 

0.41 

0.29 

0.62 

0.55 

0.36 

0.43 

0.78 

1.08 

1.32 

5.25 

0.95 

1.19 

1.19 

0.75 

0.50 

0.47 

3.80 

0.61 

1.98 

1.37 

0.97 

3.34 

0.75 

1.21 

0.35 

1.48 

0.23 

0.72 

0.46 

0.52 

0.65 

0.82 

0.73 

0.89 

3.63 

1.45 

5.48 

1.80 

2.09 

4.11 

1.46 

1.45 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

127
 
Table T2.14—Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff in 

4-year institutions, by race/ethnicity and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Race/ethnicity 

American 

Full-time Indian/ Asian/ 

Program area and year instructional Alaskan Pacific Black, White, 

faculty and staff Native Islander non-Hispanic Hispanic non-Hispanic 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,360.41 0.06 0.28 0.47 0.19 0.59 

Agriculture/home economics 1,247.37 0.78 0.99 1.20 1.13 1.98 

Business 1,520.63 0.27 0.83 0.66 0.48 1.23 

Education 1,706.80 0.23 0.30 1.23 0.73 1.44 

Engineering 1,712.21 0.23 2.06 0.91 0.63 2.45 

Fine arts 1,985.64 0.25 0.96 0.92 0.73 1.49 

Humanities 1,666.83 0.11 0.52 0.53 0.41 0.82 

Natural sciences 3,075.74 0.12 0.72 0.69 0.26 1.11 

Social sciences 1,960.52 0.17 0.48 0.74 0.48 0.99 

All other fields 2,551.11 0.16 0.87 0.81 0.36 1.17 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 12,561.73 0.15 0.51 0.63 0.23 0.83 

Agriculture/home economics 1,497.41 1.44 1.12 1.4 1.57 2.65 

Business 2,093.79 0.9 1.99 1.51 0.53 2.53 

Education 1,671.44 0.52 0.41 1.75 0.75 1.95 

Engineering 2,114.78 0 2.23 0.48 0.85 2.29 

Fine arts 1,839.03 0.33 0.54 1.45 0.73 1.78 

Humanities 2,699.05 0.39 0.38 0.77 0.54 1.02 

Natural sciences 3,327.39 0.26 1.16 0.63 0.55 1.43 

Social sciences 2,845.25 0.29 1.02 1.2 0.66 1.7 

All other fields 2,313.81 0.8 0.86 1.81 0.91 2.21 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

128
 
Table T2.15—Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and staff, 

by U.S. citizenship status and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Citizen 

Citizenship status 

Non-citizen 

1992

 All institutions1 11,450.61 0.38 0.38 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

0.91 

3.34 

0.67 

1.45 

0.45 

0.52 

0.62 

0.28 

1.37 

0.91 

3.34 

0.67 

1.45 

0.45 

0.52 

0.62 

0.28 

1.37 

1987

 All institutions1 13,340.84 0.36 0.36 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

0.55 

1.85 

1.20 

2.70 

0.55 

1.69 

1.69 

0.68 

0.85 

0.55 

1.85 

1.20 

2.70 

0.55 

1.69 

1.69 

0.68 

0.85 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

129
 
Table T2.16—Standard errors of number and percentage of full-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff in 4-year institutions, by U.S. citizenship status and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Program area and year instructional Citizenship status 

faculty and staff Citizen Non-citizen 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,360.41 0.46 0.46 

Agriculture/home economics 1,247.37 0.90 0.90 

Business 1,520.63 1.15 1.15 

Education 1,706.80 0.45 0.45 

Engineering 1,712.21 1.80 1.80 

Fine arts 1,985.64 0.68 0.68 

Humanities 1,666.83 0.78 0.78 

Natural sciences 3,075.74 1.02 1.02 

Social sciences 1,960.52 1.09 1.09 

All other fields 2,551.11 1.04 1.04 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 12,561.73 0.41 0.41 

Agriculture/home economics 1,497.41 0.96 0.96 

Business 2,093.79 1.76 1.76 

Education 1,671.44 0.46 0.46 

Engineering 2,114.78 2.59 2.59 

Fine arts 1,839.03 0.75 0.75 

Humanities 2,699.05 0.77 0.77 

Natural sciences 3,327.39 1.13 1.13 

Social sciences 2,845.25 1.23 1.23 

All other fields 2,313.81 1.33 1.33 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study 

of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

130
 
Table T3.1—Standard errors of mean number of hours worked by full-time instructional faculty and staff, 

by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean hours worked 

per week 

1992

 All institutions1 11,450.61 0.21 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

0.43 

0.63 

0.39 

1.33 

0.35 

0.51 

0.65 

0.37 

0.94 

1987

 All institutions1 13,340.84 0.31 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

0.62 

1.28 

0.67 

1.25 

0.70 

0.89 

0.99 

0.70 

1.71 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

131
 
Table T3.2—Standard errors of mean number of hours worked by full-time instructional faculty and staff in 

4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Full-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean hours worked 

per week 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,360.41 0.22 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,247.37 

1,520.63 

1,706.80 

1,712.21 

1,985.64 

1,666.83 

3,075.74 

1,960.52 

2,551.11 

1.21 

0.71 

0.59 

0.88 

0.66 

0.40 

0.42 

0.50 

0.58 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year institutions* 12,561.73 0.33 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,497.41 

2,093.79 

1,671.44 

2,114.78 

1,839.03 

2,699.05 

3,327.39 

2,845.25 

2,313.81 

0.91 

0.65 

0.76 

0.79 

1.03 

0.52 

0.58 

0.70 

0.97 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

132
 
Table T3.3—Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by time 

allocation and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time instructional 

faculty and staff Teaching 

activities 

Percentage of time spent on 

Research Administrative 

activities activities 

Other 

activities 

1992

 All institutions1 11,450.61 0.49 0.42 0.24 0.22 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

0.80 

1.43 

1.11 

2.62 

0.68 

0.96 

0.86 

0.79 

1.88 

0.95 

1.94 

0.97 

1.49 

0.51 

0.87 

0.74 

0.19 

1.46 

0.54 

0.80 

0.56 

1.36 

0.39 

0.84 

0.68 

0.67 

0.94 

0.65 

1.07 

0.70 

1.70 

0.28 

0.42 

0.48 

0.39 

0.64 

1987

 All institutions1 13,340.84 0.76 0.56 0.31 0.41 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

1.26 

2.98 

1.74 

5.20 

1.90 

2.20 

1.12 

1.01 

1.71 

1.21 

2.85 

1.24 

4.36 

0.61 

0.81 

1.20 

0.33 

1.21 

0.51 

1.05 

1.10 

1.63 

0.91 

0.68 

0.89 

0.72 

1.24 

0.97 

1.62 

1.07 

3.81 

0.95 

1.59 

0.69 

0.59 

1.03 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

133
 
Table T3.4—Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by time allocation and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Full-time instructional 

faculty and staff Teaching 

activities 

Percentage of time spent on 

Research Administrative 

activities activities 

Other 

activities 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,360.41 0.52 0.45 0.24 0.27 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,247.37 

1,520.63 

1,706.80 

1,712.21 

1,985.64 

1,666.83 

3,075.74 

1,960.52 

2,551.11 

2.26 

1.12 

1.07 

1.72 

1.28 

0.74 

0.96 

0.97 

0.94 

2.77 

0.86 

0.77 

1.53 

0.93 

0.55 

0.96 

0.84 

0.76 

2.17 

0.82 

1.08 

1.00 

0.75 

0.55 

0.41 

0.66 

0.83 

1.19 

0.64 

0.63 

0.86 

0.71 

0.30 

0.35 

0.49 

0.58 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year institutions* 12,561.73 0.83 0.64 0.34 0.49 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,497.41 

2,093.79 

1,671.44 

2,114.78 

1,839.03 

2,699.05 

3,327.39 

2,845.25 

2,313.81 

2.91 

1.37 

1.19 

1.65 

1.19 

0.92 

1.15 

1.24 

1.37 

2.36 

1.21 

0.67 

1.41 

1.17 

0.61 

1.11 

1.12 

0.91 

1.07 

0.86 

0.93 

0.91 

0.94 

0.81 

0.60 

0.83 

1.27 

1.63 

0.98 

0.76 

0.79 

0.98 

0.30 

0.45 

0.71 

0.72 

*Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

134
 
Table T3.5—Standard errors of mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours of full-time 

instructional faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean classroom 

hours 

Mean student 

contact hours1 

1992

 All institutions2 11,450.61 0.14 7.17 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

0.21 

0.59 

0.34 

0.67 

0.20 

0.28 

0.33 

0.32 

0.87 

15.68 

27.04 

14.76 

96.77 

8.02 

11.24 

9.73 

14.02 

26.64 

1987

 All institutions2 13,340.84 0.16 7.56 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

0.22 

0.49 

0.39 

0.62 

0.35 

0.28 

0.63 

0.34 

0.57 

12.10 

40.25 

22.18 

41.68 

12.64 

23.18 

19.18 

19.23 

27.60 

1

 Number of hours per week spent teaching classes, multiplied by the number of students in those classes. 

2 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

3

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

4

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

135
 
Table T3.6—Standard errors of mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours of full-time instructional 

faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year Full-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean classroom 

hours 

Mean student 

contact hours1 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 10,360.41 0.14 8.49 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,247.37 

1,520.63 

1,706.80 

1,712.21 

1,985.64 

1,666.83 

3,075.74 

1,960.52 

2,551.11 

0.68 

0.30 

0.34 

0.40 

0.46 

0.21 

0.24 

0.21 

0.43 

21.28 

12.18 

20.93 

15.06 

11.00 

8.99 

22.40 

10.78 

13.24 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 12,561.73 0.15 7.87 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,497.41 

2,093.79 

1,671.44 

2,114.78 

1,839.03 

2,699.05 

3,327.39 

2,845.25 

2,313.81 

0.52 

0.31 

0.34 

0.34 

0.44 

0.21 

0.23 

0.28 

0.38 

24.20 

15.97 

15.63 

18.43 

16.22 

10.25 

23.94 

16.27 

12.26 

1

 Number of hours per week spent teaching classes, multiplied by the number of students in those classes. 

2

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

136
 
Table T3.7—Standard errors of mean number of publications and presentations in the past two years by full-time

 instructional faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Refereed or 

juried 

publications 

Reviews and 

non-refereed 

publications 

Books and 

book 

chapters 

Monographs 

and technical 

reports 

Presentations Patents, 

and copyrights, 

exhibits and software 

1992

 All institutions1 11,450.61 0.07 0.05 0.02 0.04 0.14 0.01 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

0.18 

0.34 

0.16 

0.30 

0.08 

0.09 

0.10 

0.03 

0.15 

0.13 

0.28 

0.11 

0.27 

0.10 

0.12 

0.12 

0.06 

0.19 

0.06 

0.07 

0.05 

0.12 

0.03 

0.05 

0.04 

0.02 

0.06 

0.13 

0.27 

0.11 

0.21 

0.08 

0.13 

0.07 

0.06 

0.20 

0.38 

0.43 

0.50 

0.44 

0.26 

0.48 

0.45 

0.14 

0.96 

0.02 

0.06 

0.02 

0.02 

0.01 

0.03 

0.03 

0.01 

0.03 

1987

 All institutions1 13,340.84 0.1 0.09 0.03 0.11 0.19 0.05 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

0.22 

0.56 

0.25 

0.66 

0.12 

0.14 

0.21 

0.12 

0.39 

0.16 

0.21 

0.42 

0.2 

0.25 

0.2 

0.23 

0.2 

0.32 

0.12 

0.12 

0.06 

0.18 

0.05 

0.04 

0.05 

0.03 

0.08 

0.42 

0.1 

0.22 

0.21 

0.29 

0.3 

0.1 

0.11 

0.2 

0.41 

0.3 

0.66 

0.86 

0.45 

1.01 

0.46 

0.37 

0.7 

0.03 

0.22 

0.04 

0.05 

0.13 

0.09 

0.06 

0.24 

0.05 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

137
 
Table T3.8—Standard errors of mean number of publications and presentations in the past two years by full-time 

instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Refereed or Reviews and Books and Monographs Presentations Patents, 

Program area and year instructional juried non-refereed book and technical and copyrights, 

faculty and staff publications publications chapters reports exhibits and software 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions* 10,360.41 0.08 0.06 0.02 0.05 0.17 0.01 

Agriculture/home economics 1,247.37 0.34 0.67 0.14 0.56 0.73 0.06 

Business 1,520.63 0.16 0.14 0.07 0.18 0.28 0.06 

Education 1,706.80 0.10 0.17 0.05 0.13 0.38 0.02 

Engineering 1,712.21 0.35 0.23 0.06 0.42 0.69 0.06 

Fine arts 1,985.64 0.10 0.19 0.04 0.11 1.74 0.04 

Humanities 1,666.83 0.08 0.11 0.05 0.04 0.23 0.02 

Natural sciences 3,075.74 0.21 0.09 0.04 0.12 0.17 0.02 

Social sciences 1,960.52 0.10 0.15 0.06 0.16 0.27 0.02 

All other fields 2,551.11 0.08 0.21 0.05 0.18 0.32 0.02 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions* 12,561.73 0.11 0.10 0.04 0.13 0.21 0.04 

Agriculture/home economics 1,497.41 0.36 0.52 0.11 0.30 0.47 0.11 

Business 2,093.79 0.16 0.13 0.06 0.19 0.18 0.13 

Education 1,671.44 0.12 0.22 0.05 0.22 0.37 0.06 

Engineering 2,114.78 0.29 0.20 0.08 0.43 0.30 0.41 

Fine arts 1,839.03 0.13 0.29 0.04 0.06 1.92 0.07 

Humanities 2,699.05 0.10 0.24 0.05 0.03 0.21 0.03 

Natural sciences 3,327.39 0.20 0.13 0.05 0.61 0.20 0.17 

Social sciences 2,845.25 0.17 0.23 0.10 0.13 0.23 0.03 

2,313.81 0.12 0.65 0.06 0.22 0.54 0.04 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Educat ion, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

138
 
Table T3.9—Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by satisfaction 

with work load and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Satisfaction with work load 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Dissatisfied1 

Somewhat 

satisfied 

Very 

satisfied 

1992

 All institutions2 11,450.61 0.51 0.50 0.50 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

1.15 

1.75 

1.36 

2.71 

1.23 

1.67 

1.68 

1.11 

2.47 

1.25 

2.91 

1.49 

2.30 

0.90 

1.48 

1.53 

1.06 

1.99 

1.23 

2.31 

1.43 

2.90 

1.04 

1.66 

1.44 

1.13 

1.75 

1987

 All institutions2 13,340.84 0.84 0.85 0.94 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

1.68 

2.84 

1.75 

3.61 

2.64 

3.17 

3.16 

1.79 

3.42 

1.67 

3.11 

2.11 

7.93 

1.62 

2.89 

2.45 

1.97 

3.53 

2.11 

3.38 

2.08 

7.86 

1.93 

2.31 

3.07 

2.14 

4.05 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied." 

2

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

3

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

4

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

139
 
Table T3.10—Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by satisfaction with work load and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time Satisfaction with work load 

Program area and year instructional Somewhat Very 

faculty and staff Dissatisfied1 satisfied satisfied 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 10,360.41 0.59 0.57 0.57 

Agriculture/home economics 1,247.37 4.44 4.25 4.53 

Business 1,520.63 1.99 2.23 2.25 

Education 1,706.80 1.80 1.88 1.80 

Engineering 1,712.21 2.62 2.85 2.30 

Fine arts 1,985.64 2.07 1.99 2.25 

Humanities 1,666.83 1.29 1.22 1.28 

Natural sciences 3,075.74 1.26 1.30 1.32 

Social sciences 1,960.52 1.67 1.75 1.71 

All other fields 2,551.11 1.91 1.78 1.70 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 12,561.73 0.96 0.94 1.05 

Agriculture/home economics 1,497.41 3.70 5.39 5.01 

Business 2,093.79 2.96 2.97 3.42 

Education 1,671.44 2.43 2.52 2.37 

Engineering 2,114.78 3.93 3.63 3.44 

Fine arts 1,839.03 2.86 2.83 2.85 

Humanities 2,699.05 1.76 1.58 1.80 

Natural sciences 3,327.39 2.02 2.08 2.04 

Social sciences 2,845.25 2.77 2.40 2.51 

2,313.81 2.77 3.40 3.55 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied." 

2

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

140
 
Table T3.11—Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by perception of 

pressure to increase work load in recent years and type and control of institution: Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Worsened 

Stayed the 

same Improved 

Don't 

know 

1992

 All institutions1 11,450.61 0.75 0.69 0.33 0.26 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

1.96 

3.11 

1.98 

3.58 

1.39 

1.83 

2.38 

1.16 

4.29 

1.82 

3.59 

1.71 

2.75 

1.16 

1.81 

2.15 

1.10 

3.65 

0.86 

1.29 

0.67 

2.27 

0.58 

1.47 

1.69 

0.46 

1.40 

0.64 

1.32 

0.67 

1.41 

0.48 

0.75 

0.98 

0.53 

1.21 

1 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools. 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

141
 
Table T3.12—Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by perception of pressure to increase work load in recent years and program area: Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Program area and year instructional Stayed the Don't 

faculty and staff Worsened same Improved know 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,360.41 0.90 0.81 0.41 0.29 

Agriculture/home economics 1,247.37 4.55 4.49 3.53 1.56 

Business 1,520.63 2.40 2.25 1.33 0.99 

Education 1,706.80 2.69 2.09 1.25 0.88 

Engineering 1,712.21 3.11 2.79 1.76 1.14 

Fine arts 1,985.64 2.61 2.46 1.51 1.09 

Humanities 1,666.83 1.52 1.39 0.87 0.56 

Natural sciences 3,075.74 1.68 1.72 0.85 0.56 

Social sciences 1,960.52 1.87 1.72 0.90 0.76 

All other fields 2,551.11 2.19 1.70 1.53 1.23 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, "1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty." 

142
 
Table T4.1—Standard errors of mean income of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by source of income and 

type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Source of income 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Total 

earned 

income 

Basic salary 

from 

institution 

Other income 

from 

institution 

Outside 

consulting 

income 

Other 

outside 

income 

1992

 All institutions1 11,450.61 910.38 674.38 192.86 154.77 327.78 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

2,543.14 

6,356.38 

1,714.59 

3,739.88 

1,318.81 

2,123.28 

1,352.91 

974.02 

2,071.50 

2,019.53 

3,524.65 

1,502.14 

3,695.08 

790.50 

1,753.12 

1,098.36 

679.68 

1,739.94 

621.24 

1,150.91 

387.92 

520.85 

434.27 

349.57 

157.74 

240.15 

942.50 

333.03 

1,637.53 

251.00 

460.85 

142.95 

700.45 

678.07 

192.86 

389.95 

876.57 

2,610.90 

623.55 

1,942.15 

769.27 

622.40 

275.50 

435.57 

628.91 

1987

 All institutions1 13,340.84 1,301.75 856.85 301.74 154.73 623.65 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

3,329.18 

6,189.13 

4,314.20 

5,512.55 

2,752.62 

5,417.98 

1,785.14 

938.15 

2,456.04 

2,310.27 

2,891.89 

2,290.83 

6,145.32 

2,031.42 

1,473.55 

1,501.67 

787.40 

1,645.53 

587.16 

2,888.94 

656.61 

599.80 

213.05 

337.63 

276.63 

248.80 

604.21 

269.44 

1,153.52 

282.28 

1,120.61 

401.00 

402.67 

209.14 

88.45 

430.66 

699.71 

2,965.88 

2,224.31 

7,485.55 

401.13 

4,339.26 

336.67 

425.90 

1,376.27 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

143 
Table T4.2—Standard errors of mean income of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, 

by source of income and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Source of income 

Program area and year 

Full-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Total 

earned 

income 

Basic salary 

from 

institution 

Other income 

from 

institution 

Outside 

consulting 

income 

Other 

outside 

income 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions* 10,360.41 1,115.73 825.35 241.74 194.02 408.53 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,247.37 

1,520.63 

1,706.80 

1,712.21 

1,985.64 

1,666.83 

3,075.74 

1,960.52 

2,551.11 

3,133.43 

2,912.54 

1,453.28 

2,556.41 

2,847.05 

948.45 

1,468.20 

1,647.90 

1,887.58 

2,161.29 

2,045.38 

902.77 

1,950.40 

2,328.07 

672.21 

1,150.99 

826.54 

1,397.74 

610.96 

346.99 

234.02 

1,157.13 

243.36 

172.42 

229.34 

800.83 

374.56 

1,866.64 

879.14 

192.59 

925.97 

916.52 

94.69 

216.86 

1,038.98 

362.35 

845.91 

1,549.42 

978.98 

671.38 

942.07 

674.84 

849.20 

476.53 

1,288.72 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions* 12,561.73 1,543.40 1,009.66 368.68 187.58 763.66 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

1,497.41 

2,093.79 

1,671.44 

2,114.78 

1,839.03 

2,699.05 

3,327.39 

2,845.25 

2,313.81 

1,723.77 

2,567.23 

1,044.72 

2,161.36 

984.22 

936.94 

1,183.48 

3,297.87 

1,919.01 

1,531.41 

1,223.59 

762.50 

1,242.37 

756.57 

846.31 

926.00 

1,113.75 

1,395.43 

287.81 

573.34 

283.14 

547.70 

200.95 

149.65 

331.61 

280.44 

816.42 

159.27 

1,604.93 

259.04 

752.85 

234.61 

96.80 

232.28 

419.23 

495.76 

517.43 

707.11 

412.45 

1,150.24 

389.10 

158.87 

401.80 

2,532.19 

862.95 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

144
 
Table T4.3—Standard errors of income for full-time instructional faculty and staff with income beyond basic salary 

from institution, by source of income and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Other income from institution 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Consulting income 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Other outside income 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

1992

 All institutions2 6,248.68 0.62 358.91 3,880.66 0.50 615.56 5,996.76 0.56 700.32 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

5,060.03 

2,726.84 

2,697.58 

1,925.05 

2,147.27 

1,515.67 

1,437.37 

3,020.22 

1,498.54 

1.56 

2.08 

1.61 

2.83 

1.19 

1.85 

2.02 

1.16 

3.54 

1,257.06 

2,631.93 

815.20 

964.87 

790.25 

635.11 

256.63 

349.76 

1,639.06 

3,702.70 

1,992.79 

1,408.26 

1,000.30 

1,430.21 

715.38 

560.31 

1,030.17 

593.83 

1.68 

2.96 

1.16 

1.89 

0.92 

1.37 

1.29 

0.68 

1.22 

1,013.36 

4,663.39 

893.80 

1,936.86 

479.80 

2,895.11 

3,602.62 

1,187.99 

1,823.58 

5,775.48 

3,201.82 

2,290.41 

2,097.23 

1,817.03 

1,041.88 

1,037.66 

1,979.89 

1,095.13 

1.39 

3.98 

1.32 

3.75 

1.00 

1.63 

1.92 

0.86 

2.28 

1,721.08 

4,478.83 

1,326.40 

3,894.83 

1,737.84 

1,387.88 

554.94 

1,108.68 

1,365.98 

1987

 All institutions2 8,270.48 1.08 544.54 5,673.46 0.79 534.90 8,331.69 0.92 1,360.84 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

4,660.77 

2,393.81 

2,528.38 

1,270.12 

3,104.19 

1,903.17 

2,334.04 

3,759.96 

1,541.53 

2.08 

3.23 

3.01 

7.55 

2.66 

2.69 

4.03 

2.23 

4.52 

1,121.60 

5,384.82 

1,182.90 

761.54 

396.11 

457.88 

447.17 

281.65 

993.04 

3,260.32 

1,996.65 

1,521.30 

2,122.36 

2,415.55 

1,081.32 

975.22 

1,832.03 

738.64 

1.41 

3.15 

1.94 

6.97 

1.72 

2.43 

2.17 

1.70 

3.42 

781.74 

3,039.96 

919.63 

3,549.66 

1,295.14 

1,708.90 

1,197.50 

386.45 

1,607.56 

5,062.17 

2,668.56 

2,678.07 

2,772.29 

3,657.26 

1,961.93 

1,721.10 

2,335.09 

1,321.63 

1.87 

3.36 

3.04 

4.28 

2.24 

3.10 

2.89 

1.95 

3.58 

1,278.84 

5,610.31 

4,435.56 

15,081.01 

766.56 

9,699.57 

915.61 

1,068.08 

2,229.99 

1

 Includes only those faculty with income from the source. 

2

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and whose
 

accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

3

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

4 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

145
 
Table T4.4—Standard errors of income for full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions with 

income beyond basic salary from institution, by source of income and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Other income from institution 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Consulting income 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Other outside income 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions2 5,390.77 0.70 466.15 3,677.42 0.61 700.50 5,619.39 0.68 833.92 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

517.86 3.81 1,746.91 

1,103.63 1.86 459.36 

1,105.58 1.80 299.43 

1,174.52 3.09 1,864.48 

1,056.89 2.22 472.22 

1,101.04 1.38 288.47 

1,915.89 1.55 389.74 

1,389.41 1.81 1,437.02 

1,471.38 1.89 618.58 

432.03 3.52 8,531.44 

805.28 2.07 2,359.37 

671.40 2.06 468.25 

1,030.08 3.16 2,153.09 

794.46 1.97 3,093.05 

521.41 0.89 614.74 

1,332.35 1.35 846.38 

990.34 1.71 3,736.63 

881.20 1.65 1,155.82 

656.63 5.03 2,319.39 

912.19 2.26 3,597.81 

930.94 1.87 2,262.09 

858.61 2.79 1,712.67 

1,298.29 2.48 1,418.46 

1,083.46 1.39 1,461.59 

1,720.04 1.49 2,089.17 

1,499.71 1.82 878.64 

1,173.03 1.91 2,802.26 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions2 7,355.58 1.20 696.78 5,362.97 0.88 601.78 7,953.35 1.01 1,603.01 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

573.52 4.46 741.23 

1,807.48 3.10 756.23 

1,397.24 2.63 359.11 

1,251.35 3.81 776.19 

1,240.44 3.09 289.92 

1,679.98 1.83 266.83 

2,481.79 2.32 484.75 

2,060.29 2.73 431.62 

1,522.55 3.25 1,568.32 

626.88 4.10 439.94 

1,408.64 3.57 3,397.73 

859.75 2.48 847.88 

1,368.78 3.85 1,348.21 

884.86 2.73 779.52 

1,053.72 1.52 472.53 

1,586.25 1.73 818.83 

1,516.53 2.61 1,115.48 

1,194.02 2.90 1,197.57 

715.75 4.96 1,528.00 

1,231.42 3.33 1,536.80 

1,032.06 2.54 871.69 

1,074.38 3.42 3,000.00 

1,446.14 3.18 537.79 

1,706.67 1.89 334.15 

2,058.66 2.13 937.73 

1,853.44 2.74 5,321.43 

1,507.87 3.56 1,652.71 

1

 Includes only those faculty with income from the source. 

2

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

146
 
Table T4.5—Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by satisfaction 

with salary and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Satisfaction with salary 

Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All institutions3 11,450.61 0.78 0.78 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

1.97 

2.90 

1.52 

5.08 

1.69 

2.42 

2.54 

1.51 

3.40 

1.97 

2.90 

1.52 

5.08 

1.69 

2.42 

2.54 

1.51 

3.40 

1987

 All institutions3 13,340.84 1.12 1.12 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

2.41 

4.37 

3.29 

5.48 

2.77 

2.97 

5.24 

2.40 

4.34 

2.41 

4.37 

3.29 

5.48 

2.77 

2.97 

5.24 

2.40 

4.34 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2

 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

4

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

5 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

147 
Table T4.6—Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, 

by satisfaction with salary and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Program area and year instructional Satisfaction with salary 

faculty and staff Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 10,360.41 0.92 0.92 

Agriculture/home economics 1,247.37 4.41 4.41 

Business 1,520.63 2.30 2.30 

Education 1,706.80 2.07 2.07 

Engineering 1,712.21 2.74 2.74 

Fine arts 1,985.64 2.61 2.61 

Humanities 1,666.83 1.42 1.42 

Natural sciences 3,075.74 1.62 1.62 

Social sciences 1,960.52 1.94 1.94 

All other fields 2,551.11 2.48 2.48 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 12,561.73 1.29 1.29 

Agriculture/home economics 1,497.41 5.01 5.01 

Business 2,093.79 3.35 3.35 

Education 1,671.44 2.79 2.79 

Engineering 2,114.78 3.94 3.94 

Fine arts 1,839.03 3.16 3.16 

Humanities 2,699.05 1.99 1.99 

Natural sciences 3,327.39 2.35 2.35 

Social sciences 2,845.25 3.06 3.06 

All other fields 2,313.81 3.29 3.29 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes
 

for details.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

148
 
Table T4.7—Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff, by satisfaction with

 benefits and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Satisfaction with benefits 

Dissatisfied1 Satisfied 2 

1992

 All institutions3 11,450.61 0.73 0.73 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

11,263.61 

6,335.28 

4,958.27 

3,769.06 

3,593.03 

2,079.46 

1,898.91 

4,537.53 

2,255.86 

2.49 

2.26 

1.49 

3.17 

1.32 

2.25 

2.32 

0.99 

3.86 

2.49 

2.26 

1.49 

3.17 

1.32 

2.25 

2.32 

0.99 

3.86 

1987

 All institutions3 13,340.84 0.93 0.93 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

8,077.01 

3,966.70 

4,186.97 

5,490.87 

5,406.16 

3,183.97 

3,407.07 

4,433.65 

1,852.84 

2.57 

2.88 

2.72 

3.68 

2.28 

2.78 

3.97 

1.66 

3.14 

2.57 

2.88 

2.72 

3.68 

2.28 

2.78 

3.97 

1.66 

3.14 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

4

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

5

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

149 
Table T4.8—Standard errors of percentage distribution of full-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, 

by satisfaction with benefits and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Full-time 

Program area and year instructional Satisfaction with benefits 

faculty and staff Dissatisfied1 Satisfied 2 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 10,360.41 0.91 0.91 

Agriculture/home economics 1,247.37 4.14 4.14 

Business 1,520.63 2.12 2.12 

Education 1,706.80 1.79 1.79 

Engineering 1,712.21 2.77 2.77 

Fine arts 1,985.64 2.38 2.38 

Humanities 1,666.83 1.34 1.34 

Natural sciences 3,075.74 1.52 1.52 

Social sciences 1,960.52 1.75 1.75 

All other fields 2,551.11 2.07 2.07 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 12,561.73 1.09 1.09 

Agriculture/home economics 1,497.41 3.93 3.93 

Business 2,093.79 3.11 3.11 

Education 1,671.44 2.53 2.53 

Engineering 2,114.78 3.03 3.03 

Fine arts 1,839.03 2.78 2.78 

Humanities 2,699.05 1.70 1.70 

Natural sciences 3,327.39 2.08 2.08 

Social sciences 2,845.25 2.54 2.54 

All other fields 2,313.81 3.24 3.24 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2

 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes
 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of

 Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

150
 
Table TA-2.3—Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

academic rank and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 staff 

Part-time Academic rank 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Full 

professor 

Associate 

professor 

Assistant 

professor 

Instructor 

or lecturer 

Other ranks/ 

Not applicable 

1992

 All institutions1 14,251.60 0.63 0.71 0.64 1.28 0.54 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

3.00 

3.44 

1.90 

4.38 

1.13 

2.45 

2.21 

0.62 

3.37 

4.36 

6.63 

6.32 

3.32 

0.70 

0.99 

1.02 

0.40 

2.18 

2.84 

5.09 

1.84 

7.16 

0.90 

1.91 

2.48 

0.56 

1.79 

5.79 

8.37 

6.60 

8.16 

2.16 

2.87 

3.16 

1.31 

5.75 

2.02 

3.73 

3.15 

2.07 

1.52 

1.37 

1.09 

0.77 

2.63 

1987

 All institutions1 13,428.77 1.01 0.73 1.20 1.95 1.45 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

4.56 

5.46 

2.62 

3.42 

1.56 

3.14 

3.17 

1.86 

2.07 

4.62 

5.23 

1.56 

6.62 

0.95 

2.17 

2.17 

0.66 

2.38 

4.75 

8.91 

6.30 

11.83 

3.45 

3.26 

2.18 

0.73 

3.11 

5.86 

11.94 

5.98 

13.46 

4.27 

5.82 

8.00 

2.89 

7.02 

3.20 

6.06 

1.21 

2.32 

2.72 

2.36 

7.69 

2.34 

7.27 

1 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

153
 
Table TA-2.4—Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty 

and staff in 4-year institutions, by academic rank and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time Academic rank 

instructional Full Associate Assistant Instructor Other ranks/ 

Program area and year faculty and staff professor professor professor or lecturer Not applicable 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,285.21 1.01 1.25 1.08 1.87 0.77 

Agriculture/home economics 425.00 — 11.31 — 13.28 6.02 

Business 1,993.88 2.60 2.01 3.51 4.10 2.05 

Education 2,008.72 1.80 1.50 1.96 3.09 1.90 

Engineering 1,215.01 5.92 3.41 5.18 7.20 5.56 

Fine arts 1,930.78 3.03 1.46 2.12 4.00 2.58 

Humanities 1,708.80 1.29 1.25 1.12 2.34 1.47 

Natural sciences 2,055.67 3.41 2.32 1.77 4.02 2.68 

Social sciences 1,934.47 2.08 2.23 2.40 3.67 2.22 

All other fields 2,799.72 2.88 1.65 1.28 4.01 1.60 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year 9,569.01 1.12 1.14 1.90 2.60 1.81 

Agriculture/home economics 801.52 7.84 15.06 2.24 12.23 7.85 

Business 2,623.00 4.33 1.44 2.53 8.79 9.02 

Education 1,219.19 2.50 2.43 2.76 5.85 4.34 

Engineering 995.26 4.42 6.22 4.62 8.17 1.22 

Fine arts 2,868.38 1.41 1.74 2.07 6.82 6.79 

Humanities 1,831.91 1.05 1.12 1.55 4.14 4.21 

Natural sciences 2,889.61 4.09 4.25 2.19 6.34 4.22 

Social sciences 1,912.53 1.34 2.60 6.97 7.91 3.03 

All other fields 2,572.32 3.79 1.15 4.11 6.39 2.15 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

154
 
Table TA-2.5—Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff, by tenure status and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Tenure status 

Part-time No tenure No tenure 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Tenured 

On tenure 

track 

Not on 

tenure track 

system for 

faculty status 

system at 

institution 

1992

 All institutions1 14,251.60 0.36 0.19 0.92 0.93 0.50 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

3.71 

1.61 

1.59 

1.70 

0.57 

0.73 

0.91 

0.28 

1.12 

1.42 

0.69 

0.96 

1.00 

0.52 

0.45 

0.57 

0.23 

0.85 

3.95 

5.07 

3.85 

3.38 

1.71 

3.32 

3.42 

1.38 

3.02 

3.96 

5.70 

3.05 

3.66 

1.88 

2.18 

3.74 

1.38 

4.85 

0.19 

2.49 

0.13 

1.53 

0.39 

2.27 

1.66 

0.76 

3.96 

1987

 All institutions1 13,428.77 0.46 0.48 1.53 2.00 1.65 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

2.45 

1.67 

1.31 

1.23 

1.72 

0.80 

1.67 

0.69 

0.71 

2.25 

1.08 

1.25 

5.40 

0.44 

1.11 

0.48 

0.64 

1.12 

5.20 

6.38 

4.79 

8.75 

3.95 

3.89 

6.26 

2.47 

3.41 

5.89 

10.11 

5.26 

10.25 

4.91 

4.60 

5.93 

3.06 

7.47 

2.32 

6.40 

0.70 

1.77 

1.91 

2.49 

3.77 

2.49 

9.00 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

155
 
Table TA-2.6—Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff in 4-year institutions, by tenure status and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Tenure status 

Part-time No tenure No tenure 

instructional On tenure Not on system for system at 

Program area and year faculty and staff Tenured track tenure track faculty status institution 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,285.21 0.62 0.30 1.26 1.28 0.66 

Agriculture/home economics 425.00 12.05 — 12.34 9.64 — 

Business 1,993.88 1.12 1.23 4.95 3.32 3.22 

Education 2,008.72 1.20 0.56 3.20 3.10 1.12 

Engineering 1,215.01 3.83 2.46 5.86 5.69 2.16 

Fine arts 1,930.78 1.76 0.94 3.63 3.22 2.79 

Humanities 1,708.80 0.56 0.21 2.34 2.21 0.94 

Natural sciences 2,055.67 2.04 0.75 3.75 4.42 1.55 

Social sciences 1,934.47 0.83 1.20 3.38 3.14 1.64 

All other fields 2,799.72 0.98 0.55 3.94 4.11 0.81 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 9,569.01 0.62 0.69 1.94 2.59 2.24 

Agriculture/home economics 801.52 7.24 — 9.70 8.69 8.07 

Business 2,623.00 3.23 — 5.55 8.76 8.87 

Education 1,219.19 2.51 1.02 7.01 5.91 2.91 

Engineering 995.26 3.71 2.77 7.34 8.87 6.17 

Fine arts 2,868.38 0.48 1.15 4.26 6.20 6.77 

Humanities 1,831.91 2.04 0.11 3.00 3.41 1.68 

Natural sciences 2,889.61 1.12 1.46 4.89 6.26 3.68 

Social sciences 1,912.53 1.92 0.61 8.16 8.75 7.70 

All other fields 2,572.32 1.42 0.73 4.14 6.62 7.36 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

156
 
Table TA-2.7—Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff with a doctoral or professional degree, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time Have doctoral or first 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

professional degree 

Yes No 

1992

 All institutions1 14,251.60 1.16 1.16 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

5.17 

6.34 

6.44 

6.41 

2.04 

1.93 

2.51 

0.82 

6.11 

5.17 

6.34 

6.44 

6.41 

2.04 

1.93 

2.51 

0.82 

6.11 

1987

 All institutions1 13,428.77 1.93 1.93 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

7.02 

8.48 

5.96 

11.12 

3.77 

4.13 

5.00 

2.37 

9.70 

7.02 

8.48 

5.96 

11.12 

3.77 

4.13 

5.00 

2.37 

9.70 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

157
 
Table TA-2.8—Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff in 4-year institutions with a doctoral or professional degree, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Have doctoral or first 

professional degree 

Yes No 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,285.21 1.71 1.71 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

425.00 

1,993.88 

2,008.72 

1,215.01 

1,930.78 

1,708.80 

2,055.67 

1,934.47 

2,799.72 

6.25 

3.49 

2.99 

8.24 

1.54 

2.62 

4.36 

4.01 

4.21 

6.25 

3.49 

2.99 

8.24 

1.54 

2.62 

4.36 

4.01 

4.21 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 9,569.01 2.54 2.54 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

801.52 

2,623.00 

1,219.19 

995.26 

2,868.38 

1,831.91 

2,889.61 

1,912.53 

2,572.32 

17.17 

8.68 

5.62 

6.58 

4.25 

3.41 

5.92 

6.89 

8.04 

17.17 

8.68 

5.62 

6.58 

4.25 

3.41 

5.92 

6.89 

8.04 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

158
 
Table TA-2.9—Standard errors of average age and age distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, 

by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Average 

age Under 35 35-44 

Age distribution 

45-54 55-64 65-70 71 or older 

1992

 All institutions1 14,251.60 0.22 0.65 0.83 0.66 0.61 0.41 0.25 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

0.87 

1.66 

1.13 

0.96 

0.64 

0.56 

0.55 

0.28 

1.12 

2.31 

4.65 

2.93 

2.52 

2.39 

1.31 

1.67 

0.85 

2.27 

3.72 

5.94 

3.16 

4.25 

2.19 

1.74 

2.80 

1.11 

2.59 

4.36 

4.81 

1.99 

3.60 

1.51 

1.55 

1.69 

0.88 

2.76 

2.45 

6.05 

2.68 

2.13 

1.24 

1.32 

1.79 

0.84 

1.96 

2.20 

0.72 

3.18 

2.15 

0.97 

1.24 

1.13 

0.49 

1.79 

1.68 

1.53 

1.39 

0.88 

0.40 

0.66 

0.60 

0.28 

1.84 

1987

 All institutions1 13,428.77 0.34 1.32 2.02 1.72 1.13 0.56 0.34 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

1.22 

1.22 

1.18 

1.48 

0.80 

0.90 

2.03 

0.49 

1.27 

3.79 

5.53 

5.14 

4.80 

2.06 

3.57 

3.93 

2.46 

4.86 

5.85 

7.44 

6.41 

7.65 

3.45 

3.44 

5.87 

3.97 

6.43 

5.80 

7.96 

5.21 

8.43 

2.84 

4.19 

2.78 

3.17 

5.79 

3.59 

3.59 

2.61 

4.19 

2.77 

2.64 

5.54 

2.00 

3.25 

3.41 

2.21 

1.53 

0.34 

0.38 

2.30 

2.38 

0.96 

0.80 

1.32 

1.27 

0.72 

1.14 

1.27 

1.18 

2.53 

0.21 

1.66 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

159
 
Table TA-2.10—Standard errors of average age and age distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 

4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time Age distribution 

instructional Average 

Program area and year faculty and staff age Under 35 35-44 45-54 55-64 65-70 71 or older 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,285.21 0.32 0.99 1.25 1.00 0.88 0.56 0.38 

Agriculture/home economics 425.00 3.61 11.28 12.93 5.94 13.16 — 4.85 

Business 1,993.88 0.87 2.04 4.68 4.47 2.48 1.75 1.24 

Education 2,008.72 0.82 1.15 3.61 3.01 2.26 2.00 1.17 

Engineering 1,215.01 2.12 5.69 6.07 6.34 3.95 3.31 3.29 

Fine arts 1,930.78 0.92 2.49 3.16 3.47 2.20 0.94 1.55 

Humanities 1,708.80 0.63 2.29 2.05 2.14 1.75 0.91 0.90 

Natural sciences 2,055.67 0.87 2.64 2.86 3.15 3.60 1.67 0.46 

Social sciences 1,934.47 0.88 3.19 3.52 3.28 2.36 1.22 0.89 

All other fields 2,799.72 0.57 1.87 2.97 2.60 1.82 0.67 0.80 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 9,569.01 0.47 1.47 1.97 1.87 1.33 0.68 0.55 

Agriculture/home economics 801.52 1.92 0.66 10.01 12.74 5.99 6.55 — 

Business 2,623.00 1.14 3.22 8.21 7.17 4.62 3.77 — 

Education 1,219.19 1.26 1.83 6.80 4.86 4.15 3.34 0.42 

Engineering 995.26 1.85 6.90 8.62 9.10 5.44 3.08 — 

Fine arts 2,868.38 1.23 3.69 5.86 6.46 3.05 0.70 2.10 

Humanities 1,831.91 0.98 3.34 3.23 3.11 2.32 0.78 2.27 

Natural sciences 2,889.61 1.29 3.32 6.77 5.60 3.58 2.15 2.18 

Social sciences 1,912.53 1.45 5.75 7.20 4.50 4.49 2.52 0.78 

All other fields 2,572.32 1.69 4.83 7.36 5.33 3.95 2.47 0.47 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

160
 
Table TA-2.11—Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff, by sex and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff Male 

Sex 

Female 

1992

 All institutions1 14,251.60 0.84 0.84 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

4.32 

4.35 

4.44 

2.88 

2.20 

2.21 

2.79 

1.21 

3.77 

4.32 

4.35 

4.44 

2.88 

2.20 

2.21 

2.79 

1.21 

3.77 

1987

 All institutions1 13,428.77 2.00 2.00 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

5.23 

11.08 

5.79 

11.17 

2.82 

4.29 

9.48 

3.29 

6.97 

5.23 

11.08 

5.79 

11.17 

2.82 

4.29 

9.48 

3.29 

6.97 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

161
 
Table TA-2.12—Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff in 4-year institutions, by sex and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff Male 

Sex 

Female 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,285.21 1.17 1.17 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

425.00 

1,993.88 

2,008.72 

1,215.01 

1,930.78 

1,708.80 

2,055.67 

1,934.47 

2,799.72 

16.84 

3.73 

3.13 

1.90 

3.26 

2.58 

3.01 

4.23 

2.51 

16.84 

3.73 

3.13 

1.90 

3.26 

2.58 

3.01 

4.23 

2.51 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 9,569.01 2.52 2.52 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

801.52 

2,623.00 

1,219.19 

995.26 

2,868.38 

1,831.91 

2,889.61 

1,912.53 

2,572.32 

12.58 

8.82 

5.96 

2.22 

6.68 

3.32 

6.09 

8.64 

7.68 

12.58 

8.82 

5.96 

2.22 

6.68 

3.32 

6.09 

8.64 

7.68 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

162
 
Table TA-2.13—Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff, by race/ethnicity and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

American 

Race/ethnicity 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Indian/ 

Alaskan 

Native 

Asian/ 

Pacific 

Islander 

Black, 

non-Hispanic Hispanic 

White, 

non-Hispanic 

1992

 All institutions1 14,251.60 0.11 0.31 0.38 0.36 0.61 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

— 

0.42 

0.31 

0.20 

0.33 

0.31 

0.12 

0.20 

0.58 

2.38 

1.42 

1.13 

1.49 

0.94 

0.84 

0.48 

0.38 

1.19 

0.88 

2.33 

0.61 

3.00 

1.47 

1.53 

2.05 

0.44 

1.13 

1.06 

1.27 

0.55 

0.74 

0.99 

0.29 

0.90 

0.70 

0.63 

2.53 

2.85 

1.47 

3.89 

2.13 

1.89 

2.39 

0.88 

1.57 

1987

 All institutions1 13,428.77 0.35 0.72 0.74 0.54 1.16 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

0.73 

1.03 

0.70 

0.72 

2.04 

— 

1.06 

0.44 

0.44 

0.97 

1.23 

— 

7.29 

1.94 

1.50 

0.14 

0.76 

4.15 

0.36 

6.26 

0.70 

— 

1.01 

0.66 

7.05 

0.79 

2.44 

— 

1.30 

0.99 

4.45 

0.41 

0.94 

1.83 

1.07 

— 

1.24 

5.58 

1.32 

8.13 

2.75 

1.83 

6.94 

1.61 

4.82 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

1 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

163
 
Table TA-2.14—Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty 

and staff in 4-year institutions, by race/ethnicity and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Race/ethnicity 

American 

Part-time Indian/ Asian/ 

instructional Alaskan Pacific Black, White, 

Program area and year faculty and staff Native Islander non-Hispanic Hispanic non-Hispanic 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,285.21 0.11 0.48 0.62 0.34 0.86 

Agriculture/home economics 425.00 — — — 2.44 2.44 

Business 1,993.88 0.33 0.76 1.31 1.36 2.11 

Education 2,008.72 0.45 0.44 1.35 0.50 1.61 

Engineering 1,215.01 — 4.01 1.05 1.71 4.48 

Fine arts 1,930.78 0.46 1.15 0.99 0.75 1.68 

Humanities 1,708.80 0.08 0.62 0.86 0.90 1.39 

Natural sciences 2,055.67 0.57 2.11 1.06 0.83 2.38 

Social sciences 1,934.47 0.45 1.14 1.46 0.93 2.16 

All other fields 2,799.72 0.12 0.70 1.32 0.61 1.58 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 9,569.01 0.51 1.11 1.14 0.54 1.63 

Agriculture/home economics 801.52 — — — — 0.00 

Business 2,623.00 — 0.60 1.21 0.63 1.52 

Education 1,219.19 1.35 0.70 1.72 1.26 2.67 

Engineering 995.26 0.42 2.53 — 2.53 3.60 

Fine arts 2,868.38 0.48 1.76 2.51 1.34 3.27 

Humanities 1,831.91 0.84 0.78 0.94 0.82 1.66 

Natural sciences 2,889.61 0.29 2.28 0.98 0.70 2.56 

Social sciences 1,912.53 6.37 7.77 1.36 0.43 8.94 

All other fields 2,572.32 0.47 1.01 0.82 0.73 1.58 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

164
 
Table TA-2.15—Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty 

and staff, by U.S. citizenship status and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Citizen 

Citizenship status 

Non-citizen 

1992

 All institutions1 14,251.60 0.37 0.37 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

1.95 

3.62 

0.97 

1.66 

1.30 

0.69 

1.13 

0.34 

1.35 

1.95 

3.62 

0.97 

1.66 

1.30 

0.69 

1.13 

0.34 

1.35 

1987

 All institutions1 13,428.77 0.58 0.58 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

1.51 

2.75 

0.58 

5.92 

1.23 

1.37 

0.40 

0.92 

0.74 

1.51 

2.75 

0.58 

5.92 

1.23 

1.37 

0.40 

0.92 

0.74 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

165
 
Table TA-2.16—Standard errors of number and percentage of part-time higher education instructional faculty and 

staff in 4-year institutions, by U.S. citizenship status and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Citizenship status 

Citizen Non-citizen 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,285.21 0.62 0.62 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

425.00 

1,993.88 

2,008.72 

1,215.01 

1,930.78 

1,708.80 

2,055.67 

1,934.47 

2,799.72 

0.00 

1.16 

0.58 

5.70 

0.82 

1.36 

1.96 

1.70 

1.26 

0.00 

1.16 

0.58 

5.70 

0.82 

1.36 

1.96 

1.70 

1.26 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 9,569.01 0.75 0.75 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

801.52 

2,623.00 

1,219.19 

995.26 

2,868.38 

1,831.91 

2,889.61 

1,912.53 

2,572.32 

— 

0.03 

1.26 

6.32 

0.94 

1.48 

1.60 

3.44 

0.60 

— 

0.03 

1.26 

6.32 

0.94 

1.48 

1.60 

3.44 

0.60 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

166
 
Table TA-3.1—Standard errors of mean number of hours worked by part-time instructional faculty and staff, 

by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean hours worked 

per week 

1992

 All institutions1 14,251.60 0.41 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

1.47 

2.16 

2.47 

2.44 

1.27 

0.95 

1.12 

0.52 

1.97 

1987

 All institutions1 13,428.77 0.81 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

2.62 

2.98 

2.30 

3.69 

1.10 

1.68 

2.72 

1.30 

2.57 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

167
 
Table TA-3.2—Standard errors of mean number of hours worked by part-time instructional faculty and staff in

 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Part-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean hours worked 

per week 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,285.21 0.59 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

425.00 

1,993.88 

2,008.72 

1,215.01 

1,930.78 

1,708.80 

2,055.67 

1,934.47 

2,799.72 

6.01 

1.83 

1.41 

2.63 

1.63 

1.04 

1.42 

1.61 

1.61 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 9,569.01 0.96 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

801.52 

2,623.00 

1,219.19 

995.26 

2,868.38 

1,831.91 

2,889.61 

1,912.53 

2,572.32 

5.62 

1.86 

2.66 

3.14 

2.30 

1.32 

2.90 

1.87 

2.87 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

168
 
Table TA-3.3—Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by time 

allocation and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time instructional 

faculty and staff Teaching 

activities 

Percentage of time spent on 

Research Administrative 

activites activities 

Other 

activities 

1992

 All institutions1 14,251.60 0.76 0.39 0.30 0.56 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

3.40 

4.70 

3.72 

4.15 

1.45 

1.74 

2.26 

0.76 

2.57 

2.51 

2.84 

1.44 

1.14 

1.17 

0.56 

0.95 

0.27 

1.46 

1.10 

2.64 

1.19 

0.73 

0.78 

0.63 

0.86 

0.32 

0.87 

2.94 

4.60 

2.31 

4.33 

1.15 

1.52 

1.64 

0.62 

1.68 

1987

 All institutions1 13,428.77 1.28 0.45 0.35 1.30 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

4.74 

3.67 

4.68 

4.96 

2.51 

3.12 

3.01 

2.04 

3.67 

1.83 

3.67 

2.04 

4.45 

0.90 

1.27 

1.22 

0.35 

1.18 

1.26 

3.72 

1.25 

1.36 

1.11 

0.99 

0.68 

0.46 

0.82 

5.31 

7.39 

4.74 

6.61 

2.72 

2.61 

2.99 

1.98 

4.47 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

169
 
Table TA-3.4—Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by time allocation and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time instructional 

faculty and staff Teaching 

activities 

Percentage of time spent on 

Research Administrative 

activites activities 

Other 

activities 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,285.21 1.18 0.65 0.49 0.91 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

425.00 

1,993.88 

2,008.72 

1,215.01 

1,930.78 

1,708.80 

2,055.67 

1,934.47 

2,799.72 

9.92 

3.17 

2.04 

4.90 

2.42 

1.43 

3.05 

2.38 

2.66 

1.56 

0.89 

0.45 

4.49 

0.93 

0.84 

3.35 

1.62 

0.99 

3.93 

1.35 

1.68 

2.71 

1.14 

0.51 

0.86 

1.15 

0.81 

9.96 

2.90 

1.33 

4.91 

1.89 

0.96 

2.13 

2.17 

2.38 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions* 9,569.01 1.48 0.70 0.50 1.67 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

801.52 

2,623.00 

1,219.19 

995.26 

2,868.38 

1,831.91 

2,889.61 

1,912.53 

2,572.32 

9.43 

4.08 

3.66 

7.79 

2.81 

1.67 

4.18 

5.83 

3.78 

3.69 

0.43 

0.72 

2.68 

1.69 

0.59 

3.00 

1.90 

1.24 

1.02 

1.32 

1.63 

1.80 

0.52 

0.49 

2.41 

1.71 

0.52 

10.71 

4.36 

2.84 

7.50 

3.50 

1.59 

3.92 

6.38 

3.98 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

170
 
Table TA-3.5—Standard errors of mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours of part-time 

instructional faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean classroom 

hours 

Mean student 

contact hours1 

1992

 All institutions2 14,251.60 0.19 5.72 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

0.92 

0.33 

0.55 

0.85 

0.32 

1.28 

0.28 

0.21 

0.56 

26.89 

4.94 

34.19 

40.28 

20.20 

27.30 

7.27 

5.85 

15.26 

1987

 All institutions2 13,428.77 0.18 4.83 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

0.53 

0.74 

0.98 

0.52 

0.35 

0.35 

0.68 

0.31 

0.69 

32.45 

20.97 

33.89 

12.11 

10.44 

6.95 

6.64 

6.04 

26.33 

1

 Number of hours per week spent teaching classes, multiplied by the number of students in those classes. 

2

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

3

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

4

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

171
 
Table TA-3.6—Standard errors of mean number of classroom hours and student contact hours of part-time 

instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Part-time instructional 

faculty and staff 

Mean classroom 

hours 

Mean student 

contact hours1 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 10,285.21 0.32 9.85 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

425.00 

1,993.88 

2,008.72 

1,215.01 

1,930.78 

1,708.80 

2,055.67 

1,934.47 

2,799.72 

1.60 

0.94 

0.56 

0.71 

0.31 

0.56 

0.35 

0.43 

0.35 

58.46 

22.38 

12.17 

38.75 

15.04 

13.38 

11.48 

15.88 

15.17 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 9,569.01 0.21 7.13 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

801.52 

2,623.00 

1,219.19 

995.26 

2,868.38 

1,831.91 

2,889.61 

1,912.53 

2,572.32 

0.63 

0.95 

0.56 

0.53 

0.50 

0.27 

0.43 

0.54 

0.43 

42.45 

22.57 

11.24 

18.03 

11.57 

9.62 

20.44 

26.00 

14.13 

1

 Number of hours per week spent teaching classes, multiplied by the number of students in those classes. 

2 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

172
 
Table TA-3.7—Standard errors of mean number of publications and presentations in the past two years by 

part-time instructional faculty and staff, by type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Refereed or 

juried 

publications 

Reviews and 

non-refereed 

publications 

Books and 

book 

chapters 

Monographs 

and technical 

reports 

Presentations Patents, 

and copyrights, 

exhibits and software 

1992

 All institutions1 14,251.60 0.04 0.09 0.01 0.10 0.26 0.02 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

0.21 

0.37 

0.16 

0.31 

0.07 

0.10 

0.15 

0.03 

0.19 

0.75 

1.13 

0.20 

0.20 

0.14 

0.17 

0.26 

0.08 

0.23 

0.08 

0.11 

0.05 

0.08 

0.02 

0.03 

0.03 

0.01 

0.10 

0.13 

1.32 

0.19 

0.27 

0.25 

0.37 

0.18 

0.10 

0.35 

0.92 

1.24 

1.61 

0.68 

0.96 

1.01 

1.06 

0.31 

0.90 

0.06 

0.02 

0.07 

0.02 

0.03 

0.05 

0.07 

0.03 

0.05 

1987

 All institutions1 13,428.77 0.07 0.65 0.04 0.34 0.47 0.32 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

0.51 

0.44 

0.24 

0.28 

0.15 

0.13 

0.21 

0.11 

0.16 

0.73 

6.34 

0.74 

0.98 

0.23 

0.17 

7.62 

0.43 

2.87 

0.12 

0.23 

0.10 

0.18 

0.04 

0.10 

0.04 

0.07 

0.05 

0.73 

0.53 

5.48 

0.59 

0.20 

0.58 

2.68 

0.23 

0.86 

0.77 

4.58 

3.33 

1.39 

1.53 

0.56 

1.59 

0.69 

1.54 

0.05 

0.10 

0.05 

0.22 

0.16 

0.04 

0.01 

0.05 

3.37 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

173
 
Table TA-3.8—Standard errors of mean number of publications and presentations in the past two years by 

part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, by program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Refereed or 

juried 

publications 

Reviews and Books and Monographs 

non-refereed book and technical 

publications chapters reports 

Presentations Patents, 

and copyrights, 

exhibits and software 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions* 10,285.21 0.07 0.15 0.02 0.17 0.41 0.02 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

425.00 

1,993.88 

2,008.72 

1,215.01 

1,930.78 

1,708.80 

2,055.67 

1,934.47 

2,799.72 

0.12 

0.12 

0.08 

0.45 

0.25 

0.17 

0.15 

0.28 

0.12 

0.07 

0.27 

0.25 

0.36 

0.43 

0.23 

0.18 

0.37 

0.65 

— 

0.04 

0.05 

0.14 

0.02 

0.06 

0.06 

0.08 

0.06 

0.21 

0.45 

0.16 

0.38 

0.55 

0.08 

0.40 

0.11 

0.50 

0.89 

0.90 

0.57 

0.34 

2.95 

0.29 

0.81 

0.35 

0.52 

— 

0.06 

0.03 

0.05 

0.12 

0.04 

0.06 

0.03 

0.03 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions* 9,569.01 0.09 1.07 0.04 0.56 0.66 0.54 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

801.52 

2,623.00 

1,219.19 

995.26 

2,868.38 

1,831.91 

2,889.61 

1,912.53 

2,572.32 

0.39 

0.06 

0.07 

0.20 

0.23 

0.17 

0.27 

0.15 

0.13 

3.92 

6.80 

0.38 

0.24 

0.65 

0.69 

0.37 

0.60 

7.26 

0.71 

0.06 

0.26 

0.05 

0.04 

0.07 

0.11 

0.09 

0.05 

0.02 

0.52 

0.28 

0.39 

0.25 

0.29 

0.50 

1.53 

3.82 

0.36 

0.52 

0.68 

0.86 

3.32 

0.57 

2.63 

0.51 

0.89 

— 

0.04 

0.49 

0.28 

3.65 

0.06 

0.15 

0.03 

0.06 

— Too few cases for a reliable estimate. 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical 

Notes for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

174
 
Table TA-3.9—Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by satisfaction 

with work load and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time Satisfaction with work load 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Dissatisfied1 

Somewhat 

satisfied 

Very 

satisfied 

1992

 All institutions2 14,251.60 0.60 0.80 0.89 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

2.72 

4.19 

2.38 

1.66 

1.55 

1.39 

1.81 

0.89 

2.07 

4.52 

4.53 

2.85 

5.26 

1.92 

2.00 

2.51 

1.01 

2.96 

5.00 

2.74 

2.46 

6.18 

2.08 

2.06 

2.51 

1.22 

3.79 

1987

 All institutions2 13,428.77 1.38 1.84 2.03 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

2.71 

2.97 

3.60 

6.07 

2.43 

2.82 

3.79 

2.32 

7.09 

3.65 

7.38 

6.77 

9.11 

3.99 

3.50 

5.32 

3.51 

5.24 

4.68 

6.88 

5.74 

10.36 

4.65 

3.15 

7.11 

3.67 

7.27 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied." 

2

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

3

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

4

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

175
 
Table TA-3.10—Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by satisfaction with work load and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time Satisfaction with work load 

instructional Somewhat Very 

Program area and year faculty and staff Dissatisfied1 satisfied satisfied 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 10,285.21 0.80 1.22 1.26 

Agriculture/home economics 425.00 9.46 9.48 12.03 

Business 1,993.88 2.83 4.16 4.21 

Education 2,008.72 1.96 2.91 3.14 

Engineering 1,215.01 1.57 6.73 6.78 

Fine arts 1,930.78 2.69 3.35 3.20 

Humanities 1,708.80 1.93 2.61 2.44 

Natural sciences 2,055.67 2.32 4.23 3.89 

Social sciences 1,934.47 2.17 2.85 3.37 

All other fields 2,799.72 1.69 2.86 3.17 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions2 9,569.01 1.72 2.02 2.35 

Agriculture/home economics 801.52 7.93 12.71 18.42 

Business 2,623.00 9.37 5.78 7.79 

Education 1,219.19 2.81 4.65 5.45 

Engineering 995.26 2.64 9.81 9.60 

Fine arts 2,868.38 3.99 3.34 5.10 

Humanities 1,831.91 2.78 2.97 3.41 

Natural sciences 2,889.61 2.69 5.97 5.92 

Social sciences 1,912.53 8.37 7.40 6.26 

All other fields 2,572.32 7.81 5.74 7.83 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied." 

2

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

176
 
Table TA-3.11—Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by perception 

of pressure to increase work load in recent years and type and control of institution: Fall 1992 

Part-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff Worsened 

Stayed the 

same Improved 

Don't 

know 

1992

 All institutions1 14,251.60 0.90 0.80 0.39 0.94 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

4.10 

4.85 

3.47 

3.66 

2.20 

1.79 

2.39 

1.36 

3.53 

4.06 

4.00 

2.41 

4.57 

2.02 

2.07 

2.66 

1.06 

2.50 

1.75 

2.19 

1.50 

1.87 

0.94 

1.02 

1.31 

0.55 

2.16 

3.30 

4.99 

2.99 

5.27 

2.55 

2.27 

2.56 

1.41 

2.83 

1 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools. 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

177
 
Table TA-3.12—Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by perception of pressure to increase work load in recent years and program area: Fall 1992 

Part-time 

instructional Stayed the Don't 

Program area and year faculty and staff Worsened same Improved know 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year institutions* 10,285.21 1.18 1.24 0.56 1.23 

Agriculture/home economics 425.00 11.66 12.63 9.03 10.86 

Business 1,993.88 3.53 4.17 1.55 3.94 

Education 2,008.72 2.66 2.59 2.01 3.30 

Engineering 1,215.01 6.00 6.44 1.51 6.13 

Fine arts 1,930.78 2.89 3.58 1.33 2.82 

Humanities 1,708.80 2.69 2.44 0.97 2.30 

Natural sciences 2,055.67 3.63 2.93 1.78 3.00 

Social sciences 1,934.47 3.69 3.17 2.49 3.12 

All other fields 2,799.72 2.38 3.13 1.34 3.25 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, "1993 National Study 

of Postsecondary Faculty." 

178
 
Table TA-4.1—Standard errors of mean income of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by source of 

income and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Source of income 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Total 

earned 

income 

Basic salary 

from 

institution 

Other income 

from 

institution 

Outside 

consulting 

income 

Other 

outside 

income 

1992

 All institutions1 14,251.60 1,375.33 486.74 212.47 338.07 1,238.42 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

6,580.46 

8,064.35 

5,595.60 

10,687.67 

2,426.90 

2,867.94 

4,840.87 

1,454.97 

8,257.85 

2,363.27 

2,178.20 

1,605.62 

4,695.15 

1,717.44 

724.15 

1,999.51 

524.92 

1,541.54 

362.00 

499.42 

214.49 

158.13 

363.01 

127.29 

77.61 

125.37 

3,034.44 

734.01 

1,815.90 

548.06 

3,422.00 

1,290.89 

1,478.01 

401.47 

266.11 

1,785.18 

6,926.90 

8,046.06 

6,226.43 

10,763.34 

1,640.96 

2,781.96 

4,484.52 

1,230.19 

6,032.04 

1987

 All institutions1 13,428.77 1,573.49 371.28 65.24 624.00 1,505.95 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral2 

Private doctoral2 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other3 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

4,010.20 

13,122.53 

4,563.43 

9,735.17 

2,249.09 

3,280.16 

3,479.28 

1,778.00 

5,109.03 

1,721.92 

1,933.58 

1,646.87 

2,720.69 

952.57 

834.35 

840.61 

448.90 

1,114.32 

214.04 

164.25 

225.95 

454.48 

214.49 

235.66 

166.30 

93.60 

164.89 

615.23 

1,258.02 

1,643.62 

6,694.21 

2,161.33 

1,940.85 

424.37 

491.52 

1,659.56 

4,712.87 

14,117.88 

4,935.68 

9,338.70 

2,097.54 

2,695.42 

4,039.51 

1,845.19 

4,587.55 

1

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. 

2

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

3

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

179
 
Table TA-4.2—Standard errors of mean income for part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions, 

by source of income and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Source of income 

Program area and year 

Part-time 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Total 

earned 

income 

Basic salary 

from 

institution 

Other income 

from 

institution 

Outside 

consulting 

income 

Other 

outside 

income 

1992 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions* 10,285.21 2,086.84 774.43 118.84 586.53 1,978.25 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

425.00 

1,993.88 

2,008.72 

1,215.01 

1,930.78 

1,708.80 

2,055.67 

1,934.47 

2,799.72 

23,055.62 

8,757.20 

3,535.44 

17,357.32 

3,367.66 

3,813.48 

4,653.35 

4,471.76 

3,973.65 

4,465.95 

921.96 

2,519.29 

3,674.89 

1,470.66 

1,592.89 

2,537.06 

795.44 

1,458.88 

198.55 

243.33 

174.98 

763.92 

248.36 

163.60 

241.92 

384.07 

511.04 

22,806.83 

2,650.92 

317.56 

6,131.62 

643.00 

620.10 

588.47 

583.87 

2,092.85 

5,540.75 

9,051.00 

2,424.92 

17,609.31 

2,829.39 

3,254.63 

4,118.09 

4,469.72 

3,212.31 

1987 

All program areas in 4-year 

institutions* 9,569.01 2,242.26 519.05 89.76 991.99 2,201.14 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

801.52 

2,623.00 

1,219.19 

995.26 

2,868.38 

1,831.91 

2,889.61 

1,912.53 

2,572.32 

9,208.58 

3,517.37 

3,927.93 

5,969.96 

2,511.23 

1,640.97 

3,436.59 

4,859.60 

7,556.52 

4,596.13 

1,080.47 

830.45 

1,921.15 

781.66 

707.05 

1,289.75 

1,560.18 

810.77 

61.41 

117.65 

116.77 

266.20 

147.36 

230.96 

233.15 

445.84 

333.62 

1,191.46 

2,593.38 

707.84 

4,631.44 

1,759.70 

305.56 

720.85 

2,385.98 

1,875.58 

8,733.87 

3,827.85 

3,930.70 

6,486.75 

1,953.74 

1,662.04 

3,875.98 

5,204.69 

7,311.20 

* Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

180
 
Table TA-4.3—Standard errors of income for part-time instructional faculty and staff with income beyond basic 

salary from institution, by source of income and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

Other income from institution 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Consulting income 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Other outside income 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

1992

 All institutions2 3,737.91 0.68 1,033.04 3,607.24 0.66 1,556.66 10,858.75 0.75 1,583.99 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

1,350.79 

1,086.28 

809.57 

971.39 

993.23 

814.85 

929.65 

2,626.21 

731.87 

3.98 

3.54 

2.14 

3.78 

1.71 

1.85 

2.19 

0.95 

3.15 

1,338.13 

1,982.31 

902.77 

611.58 

1,890.16 

519.05 

259.14 

559.90 

15,109.67 

919.73 

1,381.67 

804.15 

1,065.82 

1,026.04 

1,058.76 

581.85 

2,398.01 

932.95 

2.87 

4.27 

2.72 

3.97 

2.13 

1.80 

2.58 

0.82 

3.40 

3,203.69 

6,882.88 

2,227.27 

10,073.21 

6,524.37 

5,573.20 

1,346.10 

1,444.17 

8,053.34 

2,671.86 

4,081.18 

2,598.02 

2,983.88 

3,433.74 

3,555.53 

2,000.88 

7,147.30 

2,632.86 

4.42 

4.47 

2.18 

4.41 

1.58 

1.81 

2.89 

1.03 

2.88 

9,211.74 

10,187.77 

8,461.07 

12,431.14 

2,053.13 

3,485.38 

7,131.13 

1,532.35 

8,293.73 

1987

 All institutions2 4,946.44 1.64 304.79 5244.90 1.65 2,450.06 11,320.16 1.43 1,710.33 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral3 

Private doctoral3 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other4 

835.34 

549.94 

814.10 

1,479.55 

1,254.96 

896.83 

1,277.39 

3,857.99 

1,460.23 

3.67 

5.65 

6.15 

7.88 

2.85 

3.23 

4.85 

3.16 

6.40 

718.00 

471.07 

795.32 

1,474.39 

966.03 

1,142.85 

470.23 

534.52 

545.39 

1026.50 

1094.12 

948.60 

2301.55 

2508.35 

1018.84 

1125.69 

2751.23 

1799.87 

5.20 

7.58 

6.90 

6.69 

4.49 

3.25 

6.12 

2.30 

7.32 

1,894.90 

3,750.94 

5,048.41 

17,239.99 

5,252.58 

7,212.38 

1,523.24 

2,596.83 

5,189.83 

2,336.42 

2,774.45 

1,239.94 

3,726.03 

3,600.31 

2,371.83 

2,373.60 

7,861.50 

4,029.64 

4.83 

5.80 

6.58 

5.21 

4.00 

3.73 

3.52 

2.33 

5.72 

5,099.97 

13,559.88 

5,378.32 

9,950.61 

2,530.77 

2,831.25 

5,860.89 

1,940.50 

5,708.52 

1

 Includes only those faculty with income from the source. 

2 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and whose 

accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

3

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

4

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

181
 
Table TA-4.4—Standard errors of income for part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year institutions with 

income beyond basic salary from institution, by source of income and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Program area and year 

Other income from institution 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Consulting income 

Percent of 

Number1 total Mean 

Other outside income 

Percent 

Number1 of total Mean 

1992 

All program areas in 4­

year institutions2 2,626.36 0.99 531.61 2654.51 1.01 2,448 7809.75 1.11 2,538.88 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

116.51 

608.74 

635.22 

594.13 

850.48 

887.48 

562.22 

664.57 

637.67 

8.46 

3.00 

2.82 

7.67 

3.06 

2.37 

2.40 

2.91 

1.82 

1,195.13 

1,126.25 

691.02 

1,315.55 

909.65 

442.60 

1,153.26 

1,897.32 

4,163.49 

— 

706.07 

852.74 

360.51 

733.19 

672.63 

469.73 

803.96 

1216.80 

— 

3.63 

2.93 

5.49 

2.78 

2.01 

2.14 

3.34 

3.03 

— 

7,469 

1,053 

27,570 

1,972 

3,512 

3,260 

2,105 

6,733 

383.45 

1410.90 

1777.97 

735.33 

1673.71 

1347.46 

1518.63 

1599.03 

2312.69 

12.73 

4.13 

3.09 

7.73 

2.51 

2.26 

3.80 

2.75 

3.10 

6,084.22 

12,734.83 

2,660.19 

27,389.85 

3,385.46 

4,719.95 

5,320.19 

5,558.58 

3,989.14 

1987 

All program areas in 4­

year institutions2 3,087.81 1.76 359.96 4,463.00 2.19 3,187.00 8,135.79 1.81 2,540.52 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

247.24 

543.56 

927.84 

343.25 

1,481.13 

1,179.47 

1,385.67 

361.75 

573.21 

7.50 

3.45 

7.57 

6.23 

5.68 

4.34 

5.30 

3.45 

3.61 

175.48 

1,157.97 

219.21 

1,758.50 

479.19 

470.58 

883.39 

2,729.24 

2,108.01 

569.81 

1,813.07 

904.07 

570.15 

1,220.12 

1,056.03 

1,355.10 

1,423.00 

510.59 

12.29 

8.65 

7.13 

8.96 

5.04 

3.82 

5.59 

9.76 

3.28 

1,886.04 

7,304.38 

2,064.10 

11,216.86 

4,490.76 

1,226.29 

2,484.71 

3,908.14 

10,194.98 

761.56 

2,519.21 

1,126.32 

789.72 

2,584.56 

1,468.59 

2,600.11 

1,419.94 

2,282.56 

15.99 

3.42 

3.55 

9.11 

3.61 

3.19 

5.28 

7.72 

3.43 

13,228.34 

4,158.69 

4,907.35 

6,506.20 

2,171.26 

2,111.73 

3,808.31 

6,531.49 

8,416.84 

1

 Includes only those faculty with income from the source. 

2

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes 

for details. 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

182
 
Table TA-4.5—Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by 

satisfaction with salary and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Satisfaction with salary 

Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All institutions3 14,251.60 0.95 0.95 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

5.08 

5.60 

2.82 

3.46 

2.17 

2.23 

2.15 

1.52 

3.37 

5.08 

5.60 

2.82 

3.46 

2.17 

2.23 

2.15 

1.52 

3.37 

1987

 All institutions3 13,428.77 1.98 1.98 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

6.43 

9.09 

7.03 

11.59 

4.71 

4.84 

4.77 

3.50 

5.86 

6.43 

9.09 

7.03 

11.59 

4.71 

4.84 

4.77 

3.50 

5.86 

1 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied." 

2

 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied." 

3

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. 

4

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

5

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

183
 
Table TA-4.6—Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by satisfaction with salary and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time 

Program area and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Satisfaction with salary 

Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 10,285.21 1.28 1.28 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

425.00 

1,993.88 

2,008.72 

1,215.01 

1,930.78 

1,708.80 

2,055.67 

1,934.47 

2,799.72 

12.29 

3.84 

4.49 

6.60 

3.59 

2.38 

3.16 

4.09 

2.94 

12.29 

3.84 

4.49 

6.60 

3.59 

2.38 

3.16 

4.09 

2.94 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 9,569.01 2.34 2.34 

Agriculture/home economics 

Business 

Education 

Engineering 

Fine arts 

Humanities 

Natural sciences 

Social sciences 

All other fields 

801.52 

2,623.00 

1,219.19 

995.26 

2,868.38 

1,831.91 

2,889.61 

1,912.53 

2,572.32 

20.52 

8.90 

6.64 

8.48 

5.54 

4.16 

5.63 

7.98 

6.63 

20.52 

8.90 

6.64 

8.48 

5.54 

4.16 

5.63 

7.98 

6.63 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2

 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3

 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes
 

for details.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

184
 
Table TA-4.7—Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff, by 

satisfaction with benefits and type and control of institution: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time 

Type and control of 

institution and year 

instructional 

faculty and staff 

Satisfaction with benefits 

Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All institutions3 14,251.60 0.97 0.97 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

3,855.94 

5,705.40 

3,466.44 

3,391.30 

4,873.18 

4,211.43 

2,858.25 

9,467.70 

2,979.29 

4.59 

3.23 

3.40 

5.24 

2.98 

2.05 

3.19 

1.32 

3.35 

4.59 

3.23 

3.40 

5.24 

2.98 

2.05 

3.19 

1.32 

3.35 

1987

 All institutions3 13,428.77 2.45 2.45 

Public research 

Private research 

Public doctoral4 

Private doctoral4 

Public comprehensive 

Private comprehensive 

Private liberal arts 

Public 2-year 

Other5 

2,771.77 

2,884.28 

1,593.29 

4,200.42 

4,894.27 

2,737.53 

3,418.34 

9,411.19 

4,041.73 

4.65 

9.98 

8.28 

15.98 

5.46 

5.14 

6.27 

4.37 

5.57 

4.65 

9.98 

8.28 

15.98 

5.46 

5.14 

6.27 

4.37 

5.57 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2

 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3

 All accredited, nonproprietary U.S. postsecondary institutions that grant a 2-year (A.A.) or higher degree and
 

whose accreditation at the higher education level is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.
 

4

 Includes institutions classified by the Carnegie Foundation as specialized medical schools.
 

5

 Public liberal arts, private 2-year, and religious and other specialized institutions, except medical.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey." 

185
 
Table TA-4.8—Standard errors of percentage distribution of part-time instructional faculty and staff in 4-year 

institutions, by satisfaction with benefits and program area: Fall 1987 and Fall 1992 

Part-time 

instructional Satisfaction with benefits 

Program area and year faculty and staff Dissatisfied1 Satisfied2 

1992

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 10,285.21 1.44 1.44 

Agriculture/home economics 425.00 11.66 11.66 

Business 1,993.88 4.30 4.30 

Education 2,008.72 3.72 3.72 

Engineering 1,215.01 7.45 7.45 

Fine arts 1,930.78 3.19 3.19 

Humanities 1,708.80 2.36 2.36 

Natural sciences 2,055.67 3.84 3.84 

Social sciences 1,934.47 3.63 3.63 

All other fields 2,799.72 2.97 2.97 

1987

 All program areas in 4-year institutions3 9,569.01 2.74 2.74 

Agriculture/home economics 801.52 14.92 14.92 

Business 2,623.00 9.96 9.96 

Education 1,219.19 7.74 7.74 

Engineering 995.26 12.64 12.64 

Fine arts 2,868.38 4.19 4.19 

Humanities 1,831.91 4.79 4.79 

Natural sciences 2,889.61 6.88 6.88 

Social sciences 1,912.53 10.97 10.97 

All other fields 2,572.32 6.47 6.47 

1

 Percentage who said "very dissatisfied" or "somewhat dissatisfied."
 

2

 Percentage who said "very satisfied" or "somewhat satisfied."
 

3 Health sciences faculty are included in the program area total but are not shown separately. See Technical Notes
 

for details.
 

SOURCE: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 1993 National Study of
 

Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey" and 1988 National Survey of Postsecondary Faculty, "Faculty Survey."
 

186
 
APPENDIX D
 

SURVEY
 

QUESTIONNAIRES